CA2191844C - Acylated enol derivatives as prodrugs of elastase inhibitors - Google Patents
Acylated enol derivatives as prodrugs of elastase inhibitors Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2191844C CA2191844C CA002191844A CA2191844A CA2191844C CA 2191844 C CA2191844 C CA 2191844C CA 002191844 A CA002191844 A CA 002191844A CA 2191844 A CA2191844 A CA 2191844A CA 2191844 C CA2191844 C CA 2191844C
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- compound
- alkyl
- group
- aryl
- methylethyl
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Lifetime
Links
- 239000003602 elastase inhibitor Substances 0.000 title abstract description 12
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 title abstract description 10
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 title abstract description 10
- 150000002085 enols Chemical class 0.000 title abstract description 7
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 115
- 208000027866 inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 9
- 201000003883 Cystic fibrosis Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 206010014561 Emphysema Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- -1 t-butyloxycarbonyl Chemical group 0.000 claims description 102
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 59
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 56
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 56
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 53
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 claims description 37
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 30
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 28
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 27
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 17
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 17
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- UCMIRNVEIXFBKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-alanine Chemical compound NCCC(O)=O UCMIRNVEIXFBKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 12
- 244000191761 Sida cordifolia Species 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 11
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 claims description 9
- 150000001602 bicycloalkyls Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000000592 heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000004210 cyclohexylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000003854 p-chlorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C1Cl 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 6
- 206010006458 Bronchitis chronic Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 206010006451 bronchitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000007451 chronic bronchitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000022559 Inflammatory bowel disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004080 3-carboxypropanoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(O[H])=O 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000003806 alkyl carbonyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000001295 dansyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(N(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H])=C2C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C(C2=C1[H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000001557 phthalyl group Chemical group C(=O)(O)C1=C(C(=O)*)C=CC=C1 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000002088 tosyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1C([H])([H])[H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 claims description 3
- JBCLFWXMTIKCCB-VIFPVBQESA-N Gly-Phe Chemical compound NCC(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JBCLFWXMTIKCCB-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- JBCLFWXMTIKCCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N H-Gly-Phe-OH Natural products NCC(=O)NC(C(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JBCLFWXMTIKCCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000002147 dimethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 2
- 108010081551 glycylphenylalanine Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004209 (C1-C8) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 7
- 125000006341 heptafluoro n-propyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)* 0.000 claims 1
- 125000006340 pentafluoro ethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)* 0.000 claims 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims 1
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 abstract description 10
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 abstract description 10
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 86
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 73
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 68
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical group 0.000 description 61
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 41
- 102000016387 Pancreatic elastase Human genes 0.000 description 35
- 108010067372 Pancreatic elastase Proteins 0.000 description 35
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 32
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 29
- WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic anhydride Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)=O WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 24
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 23
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 21
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane Substances CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 17
- 108090000371 Esterases Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 101000851058 Homo sapiens Neutrophil elastase Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 16
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 16
- 102000052502 human ELANE Human genes 0.000 description 16
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 14
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 13
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 12
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 11
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 10
- NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,4-di(pentan-2-yl)phenoxy]acetyl chloride Chemical compound CCCC(C)C1=CC=C(OCC(Cl)=O)C(C(C)CCC)=C1 NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 10
- SNDPXSYFESPGGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-aminopentanoic acid Chemical compound CCCC(N)C(O)=O SNDPXSYFESPGGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 9
- LRQKBLKVPFOOQJ-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-norleucine Chemical compound CCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O LRQKBLKVPFOOQJ-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 9
- SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylmorpholine Chemical compound CN1CCOCC1 SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 8
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- CTSLXHKWHWQRSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxalyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C(Cl)=O CTSLXHKWHWQRSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 125000000998 L-alanino group Chemical group [H]N([*])[C@](C([H])([H])[H])([H])C(=O)O[H] 0.000 description 7
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000003088 (fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 6
- NBEMQPLNBYYUAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl acetate;propan-2-one Chemical compound CC(C)=O.CCOC(C)=O NBEMQPLNBYYUAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- LVPMIMZXDYBCDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocinchomeronic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(O)=O)N=C1 LVPMIMZXDYBCDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 6
- YOETUEMZNOLGDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpropyl carbonochloridate Chemical compound CC(C)COC(Cl)=O YOETUEMZNOLGDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicylcohexylcarbodiimide Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N=C=NC1CCCCC1 QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229930194542 Keto Natural products 0.000 description 5
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 230000009435 amidation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000007112 amidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 5
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 5
- HHJKMUMZRIIHIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-[(2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophenyl)sulfonylamino]pentanamide Chemical compound CC(C)CC(C(=O)NO)NS(=O)(=O)C1=C(F)C(F)=C(F)C(F)=C1F HHJKMUMZRIIHIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 5
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydropyridine hydrochloride Natural products C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- BSKHPKMHTQYZBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpyridine Chemical class CC1=CC=CC=N1 BSKHPKMHTQYZBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 4
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 4
- DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tert-Butanol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Chemical compound CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 4
- RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N anisole Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC=C1 RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- OAYLNYINCPYISS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl acetate;hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC.CCOC(C)=O OAYLNYINCPYISS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- ZMRHBJQLCDZMAH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium chloride hydrate hydrochloride Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+].Cl.Cl ZMRHBJQLCDZMAH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 4
- FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N thionyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)=O FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- PBKONEOXTCPAFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C1 PBKONEOXTCPAFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010001052 Acute respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 3
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QGJOPFRUJISHPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon disulfide Chemical compound S=C=S QGJOPFRUJISHPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QMMFVYPAHWMCMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl sulfide Chemical compound CSC QMMFVYPAHWMCMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 201000005569 Gout Diseases 0.000 description 3
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N L-isoleucine Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000000393 L-methionino group Chemical group [H]OC(=O)[C@@]([H])(N([H])[*])C([H])([H])C(SC([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lithium hydroxide Chemical compound [Li+].[OH-] WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000013616 Respiratory Distress Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102000004002 Secretory Leukocyte Peptidase Inhibitor Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010082545 Secretory Leukocyte Peptidase Inhibitor Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010040047 Sepsis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000006859 Swern oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 208000011341 adult acute respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 201000000028 adult respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960004132 diethyl ether Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 125000001028 difluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 3
- 208000009190 disseminated intravascular coagulation Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003094 microcapsule Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001953 recrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 206010039073 rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 208000013223 septicemia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 3
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XQAMVCHQGHAELT-NHNZYLEHSA-N (2s)-1-[(2s)-3-methyl-2-[[4-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)benzoyl]amino]butanoyl]-n-(5,5,6,6,6-pentafluoro-2-methyl-4-oxohexan-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide Chemical compound N([C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)NC(C(C)C)C(=O)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F)C(=O)C(C=C1)=CC=C1C(=O)N1CCOCC1 XQAMVCHQGHAELT-NHNZYLEHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-Dichloroethane Chemical compound ClCCCl WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(O)N=NC2=C1 ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001644 13C nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001433 C-terminal amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 101100516563 Caenorhabditis elegans nhr-6 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RGSFGYAAUTVSQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclopentane Chemical compound C1CCCC1 RGSFGYAAUTVSQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000510 L-tryptophano group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2N([H])C([H])=C(C([H])([H])[C@@]([H])(C(O[H])=O)N([H])[*])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010092147 MDL 101146 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000055008 Matrilin Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010072582 Matrilin Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 2
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000370 acceptor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012790 adhesive layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000003158 alcohol group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000003862 amino acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000012062 aqueous buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000004982 aromatic amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical group [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003637 basic solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- HTZCNXWZYVXIMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzyl(triethyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CC[N+](CC)(CC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 HTZCNXWZYVXIMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 150000001718 carbodiimides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000002843 carboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000001311 chemical methods and process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000008504 concentrate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000002808 connective tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960001760 dimethyl sulfoxide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940042399 direct acting antivirals protease inhibitors Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003682 fluorination reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004216 fluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(F)* 0.000 description 2
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000004005 formimidoyl group Chemical group [H]\N=C(/[H])* 0.000 description 2
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000012433 hydrogen halide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000039 hydrogen halide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001972 isopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007791 liquid phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- AMXOYNBUYSYVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium bromide Chemical compound [Li+].[Br-] AMXOYNBUYSYVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- ZCSHNCUQKCANBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium diisopropylamide Chemical compound [Li+].CC(C)[N-]C(C)C ZCSHNCUQKCANBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IHLVCKWPAMTVTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;carbanide Chemical compound [Li+].[CH3-] IHLVCKWPAMTVTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- XQAMVCHQGHAELT-YPAWHYETSA-N mdl 101,146 Chemical compound N([C@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N1[C@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@H](C(C)C)C(=O)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F)C(=O)C(C=C1)=CC=C1C(=O)N1CCOCC1 XQAMVCHQGHAELT-YPAWHYETSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methoxybenzene Substances CCCCOC=C UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000004702 methyl esters Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl salicylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylparaben Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 2
- IWDCLRJOBJJRNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-cresol Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IWDCLRJOBJJRNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005897 peptide coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethyl ester of formic acid Natural products O=COCC1=CC=CC=C1 UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 125000001325 propanoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000017854 proteolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- FSYKKLYZXJSNPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sarcosine Chemical compound C[NH2+]CC([O-])=O FSYKKLYZXJSNPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003548 sec-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052717 sulfur Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- YBBRCQOCSYXUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfuryl dichloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)(=O)=O YBBRCQOCSYXUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 2
- QCLVLJHVKGUQFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 6-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)pyridine-3-carboxylate Chemical compound N1=CC(C(=O)OC(C)(C)C)=CC=C1C(=O)N1CCOCC1 QCLVLJHVKGUQFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000005931 tert-butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(OC(*)=O)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrachloromethane Chemical compound ClC(Cl)(Cl)Cl VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 2
- IYKLZBIWFXPUCS-VIFPVBQESA-N (2s)-2-(naphthalen-1-ylamino)propanoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)=CC=CC2=C1 IYKLZBIWFXPUCS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZGSTVUAZFACDLH-SFHVURJKSA-N (2s)-2-[benzyl-(4-methoxyphenyl)sulfonylamino]-n-hydroxy-3-methylbutanamide Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)N([C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)NO)CC1=CC=CC=C1 ZGSTVUAZFACDLH-SFHVURJKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQWHXHYZFMIILA-GDVGLLTNSA-N (2s)-4-acetyloxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)OC1CN[C@H](C(O)=O)C1 OQWHXHYZFMIILA-GDVGLLTNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RJFJRYVMVNICCP-DTIOYNMSSA-N (2s)-4-phenylmethoxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1N[C@H](C(=O)O)CC1OCC1=CC=CC=C1 RJFJRYVMVNICCP-DTIOYNMSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IADUEWIQBXOCDZ-VKHMYHEASA-N (S)-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCN1 IADUEWIQBXOCDZ-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- PGRFXXCKHGIFSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4-nonafluoro-4-iodobutane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)I PGRFXXCKHGIFSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XTGYEAXBNRVNQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1,2,2,3,3-heptafluoro-3-iodopropane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)I XTGYEAXBNRVNQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BWKMGYQJPOAASG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CNC(C(=O)O)CC2=C1 BWKMGYQJPOAASG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RFFLAFLAYFXFSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-dichlorobenzene Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC=C1Cl RFFLAFLAYFXFSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDNKZNFMNDZQMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-diisopropylcarbodiimide Chemical compound CC(C)N=C=NC(C)C BDNKZNFMNDZQMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LPUCHTNHUHOTRY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(3-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl)ethanamine Chemical compound C1CC2C(C(N)C)CC1C2 LPUCHTNHUHOTRY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BHKKSKOHRFHHIN-MRVPVSSYSA-N 1-[[2-[(1R)-1-aminoethyl]-4-chlorophenyl]methyl]-2-sulfanylidene-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-one Chemical compound N[C@H](C)C1=C(CN2C(NC(C3=C2C=CN3)=O)=S)C=CC(=C1)Cl BHKKSKOHRFHHIN-MRVPVSSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PHRABVHYUHIYGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylnaphthalene Chemical group C1=CC=C2C([CH2])=CC=CC2=C1 PHRABVHYUHIYGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001637 1-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- XETRHNFRKCNWAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropanoyl 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropanoate Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(=O)OC(=O)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F XETRHNFRKCNWAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FOBJABJCODOMEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,3,3,4,4,4-heptafluorobutanamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F FOBJABJCODOMEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZKWQYYCKXAKLPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,5-nonafluoropentanamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F ZKWQYYCKXAKLPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IEJPPSMHUUQABK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-diphenyl-4h-1,3-oxazol-5-one Chemical compound O=C1OC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=NC1C1=CC=CC=C1 IEJPPSMHUUQABK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IEQAICDLOKRSRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-(2-dodecoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO IEQAICDLOKRSRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LZCMQBRCQWOSHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromo-2,2-difluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)Br LZCMQBRCQWOSHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001622 2-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000094 2-phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- SLRMQYXOBQWXCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2154-56-5 Chemical compound [CH2]C1=CC=CC=C1 SLRMQYXOBQWXCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(dimethylamino)propyliminomethylidene-ethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QBWKPGNFQQJGFY-QLFBSQMISA-N 3-[(1r)-1-[(2r,6s)-2,6-dimethylmorpholin-4-yl]ethyl]-n-[6-methyl-3-(1h-pyrazol-4-yl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazin-8-yl]-1,2-thiazol-5-amine Chemical compound N1([C@H](C)C2=NSC(NC=3C4=NC=C(N4C=C(C)N=3)C3=CNN=C3)=C2)C[C@H](C)O[C@H](C)C1 QBWKPGNFQQJGFY-QLFBSQMISA-N 0.000 description 1
- NFQAIWOMJQWGSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-amino-3-methylbutanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(N)CC(O)=O NFQAIWOMJQWGSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BFTPXPCTGHARJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)benzoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=O)O)=CC=C1C(=O)N1CCOCC1 BFTPXPCTGHARJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 4-[[(3ar,5ar,5br,7ar,9s,11ar,11br,13as)-5a,5b,8,8,11a-pentamethyl-3a-[(5-methylpyridine-3-carbonyl)amino]-2-oxo-1-propan-2-yl-4,5,6,7,7a,9,10,11,11b,12,13,13a-dodecahydro-3h-cyclopenta[a]chrysen-9-yl]oxy]-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound N([C@@]12CC[C@@]3(C)[C@]4(C)CC[C@H]5C(C)(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)CC(C)(C)C(O)=O)CC[C@]5(C)[C@H]4CC[C@@H]3C1=C(C(C2)=O)C(C)C)C(=O)C1=CN=CC(C)=C1 QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QPTBPWDQMSTZAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)pyridine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1=NC(C(=O)O)=CC=C1C(=O)N1CCOCC1 QPTBPWDQMSTZAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HDIFJKLEDYGYRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)pyridine-3-carboxylic acid Chemical compound N1=CC(C(=O)O)=CC=C1C(=O)N1CCOCC1 HDIFJKLEDYGYRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000349731 Afzelia bipindensis Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000186140 Asperula odorata Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101150041968 CDC13 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000700198 Cavia Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100025621 Cytochrome b-245 heavy chain Human genes 0.000 description 1
- XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YIIMEMSDCNDGTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride Chemical compound CN(C)C(Cl)=O YIIMEMSDCNDGTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000016942 Elastin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010014258 Elastin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710134987 Esterase 6 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710134985 Esterase-4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710134988 Esterase-5 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000016359 Fibronectins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010067306 Fibronectins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Formate Chemical group [O-]C=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000008526 Galium odoratum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-DMTCNVIQSA-N Hydroxyproline Chemical compound O[C@H]1CN[C@H](C(O)=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-DMTCNVIQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000023 Kugelrohr distillation Methods 0.000 description 1
- SNDPXSYFESPGGJ-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-2-aminopentanoic acid Chemical compound CCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O SNDPXSYFESPGGJ-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Ornithine Chemical compound NCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004166 Lanolin Substances 0.000 description 1
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000246386 Mentha pulegium Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016257 Mentha pulegium Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000004357 Mentha x piperita Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- RKOTXQYWCBGZLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[(2,4-difluorophenyl)methyl]-2-ethyl-9-hydroxy-3-methoxy-1,8-dioxospiro[3H-pyrido[1,2-a]pyrazine-4,3'-oxolane]-7-carboxamide Chemical compound CCN1C(OC)C2(CCOC2)N2C=C(C(=O)NCC3=C(F)C=C(F)C=C3)C(=O)C(O)=C2C1=O RKOTXQYWCBGZLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000729 N-terminal amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GLPBKYLYAOZGMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N OC(=O)C1CSCN1.C1=CC=C2C(C(=O)O)=NC=CC2=C1 Chemical compound OC(=O)C1CSCN1.C1=CC=C2C(C(=O)O)=NC=CC2=C1 GLPBKYLYAOZGMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Orn-delta-NH2 Natural products NCCCC(N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ornithine Natural products OC(=O)C(C)CCCN UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010033276 Peptide Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007079 Peptide Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000004264 Petrolatum Substances 0.000 description 1
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010036790 Productive cough Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940124158 Protease/peptidase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000016611 Proteoglycans Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010067787 Proteoglycans Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010077895 Sarcosine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940122055 Serine protease inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 101710102218 Serine protease inhibitor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001800 Shellac Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 101150094640 Siae gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bisulfite Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])=O DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical group [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulphide Chemical compound [S-2] UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RPRABIXOBHHBBU-WZFWHVBNSA-N [(e)-4-[[1-[(2s)-2-amino-3-methylbutanoyl]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline-3-carbonyl]-[4-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)benzoyl]amino]-1,1,1,2,2-pentafluoro-5-methylhex-3-en-3-yl] acetate Chemical compound C1C2=CC=CC=C2C(C(=O)[C@@H](N)C(C)C)NC1C(=O)N(C(\C(C)C)=C(\OC(C)=O)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F)C(=O)C(C=C1)=CC=C1C(=O)N1CCOCC1 RPRABIXOBHHBBU-WZFWHVBNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000037374 absorbed through the skin Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001242 acetic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008065 acid anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012445 acidic reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005076 adamantyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C12(CC3CC(CC(C1)C3)C2)OC(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012387 aerosolization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001476 alcoholic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005907 alkyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001414 amino alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004202 aminomethyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003708 ampul Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000010 aprotic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003849 aromatic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010003246 arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000007860 aryl ester derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001540 azides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000013871 bee wax Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WXBLLCUINBKULX-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1.OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WXBLLCUINBKULX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940000635 beta-alanine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005997 bromomethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011089 carbon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonyldiimidazole Chemical compound C1=CN=CN1C(=O)N1C=CN=C1 PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003756 cervix mucus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007810 chemical reaction solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000015218 chewing gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000008280 chlorinated hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004218 chloromethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(Cl)* 0.000 description 1
- 208000016532 chronic granulomatous disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000001860 citric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940075614 colloidal silicon dioxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002485 combustion reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940125846 compound 25 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940124301 concurrent medication Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000006482 condensation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013058 crude material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006165 cyclic alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007850 degeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000593 degrading effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002274 desiccant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- POCFBDFTJMJWLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydrosinapic acid methyl ester Natural products COC(=O)CCC1=CC(OC)=C(O)C(OC)=C1 POCFBDFTJMJWLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BGRWYRAHAFMIBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N diisopropylcarbodiimide Natural products CC(C)NC(=O)NC(C)C BGRWYRAHAFMIBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009429 distress Effects 0.000 description 1
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dl-hydroxyproline Natural products OC1C[NH2+]C(C([O-])=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001484 edetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920002549 elastin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008393 encapsulating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002702 enteric coating Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009505 enteric coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000981 epithelium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000032050 esterification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005886 esterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940052303 ethers for general anesthesia Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003754 ethoxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004494 ethyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010685 fatty oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012467 final product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019634 flavors Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- DMEGYFMYUHOHGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptamethylene Natural products C1CCCCCC1 DMEGYFMYUHOHGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000001050 hortel pimenta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxybenzotriazole Substances O=C1C=CC=C2NNN=C12 NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004029 hydroxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229960002591 hydroxyproline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005457 ice water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002463 imidates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QNRXNRGSOJZINA-UHFFFAOYSA-N indoline-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC(C(=O)O)CC2=C1 QNRXNRGSOJZINA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004969 inflammatory cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004941 influx Effects 0.000 description 1
- LSACYLWPPQLVSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N isobutyric acid anhydride Chemical compound CC(C)C(=O)OC(=O)C(C)C LSACYLWPPQLVSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoleucine Natural products CCC(C)C(N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000310 isoleucine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HXEACLLIILLPRG-RXMQYKEDSA-N l-pipecolic acid Natural products OC(=O)[C@H]1CCCCN1 HXEACLLIILLPRG-RXMQYKEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019388 lanolin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940039717 lanolin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011344 liquid material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury Chemical compound [Hg] QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052753 mercury Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- ABDYSBLLVNQGQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 5-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)pyridine-2-carboxylate Chemical compound C1=NC(C(=O)OC)=CC=C1C(=O)N1CCOCC1 ABDYSBLLVNQGQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QVFSHDSAXZCIMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 5-carbonochloridoylpyridine-2-carboxylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(Cl)=O)C=N1 QVFSHDSAXZCIMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- STZCRXQWRGQSJD-GEEYTBSJSA-M methyl orange Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1\N=N\C1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 STZCRXQWRGQSJD-GEEYTBSJSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940012189 methyl orange Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004292 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001047 methyl salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002216 methylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- XMWFMEYDRNJSOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N morpholine-4-carbonyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)N1CCOCC1 XMWFMEYDRNJSOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001064 morpholinomethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)N1C([H])([H])C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000004877 mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- KRKPYFLIYNGWTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,o-dimethylhydroxylamine Chemical compound CNOC KRKPYFLIYNGWTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- LYGJENNIWJXYER-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitromethane Chemical compound C[N+]([O-])=O LYGJENNIWJXYER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000346 nonvolatile oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000655 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003104 ornithine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000033116 oxidation-reduction process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 101800002712 p27 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940066842 petrolatum Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019271 petrolatum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003208 petroleum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 1
- HXEACLLIILLPRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N pipecolic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1CCCCN1 HXEACLLIILLPRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003053 piperidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000036470 plasma concentration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004368 propenyl group Chemical group C(=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- WYVAMUWZEOHJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N propionic anhydride Chemical compound CCC(=O)OC(=O)CC WYVAMUWZEOHJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 235000019833 protease Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010926 purge Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003222 pyridines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000023504 respiratory system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940081974 saccharin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019204 saccharin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000901 saccharin and its Na,K and Ca salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940043230 sarcosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003334 secondary amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000582 semen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012056 semi-solid material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003001 serine protease inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000004208 shellac Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N shellac Chemical compound OCCCCCC(O)C(O)CCCCCCCC(O)=O.C1C23[C@H](C(O)=O)CCC2[C@](C)(CO)[C@@H]1C(C(O)=O)=C[C@@H]3O ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940113147 shellac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013874 shellac Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012279 sodium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000033 sodium borohydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000010267 sodium hydrogen sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008259 solid foam Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011343 solid material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010532 solid phase synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002269 spontaneous effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003802 sputum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000024794 sputum Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012289 standard assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003511 tertiary amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- LBUJPTNKIBCYBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydroquinoline Natural products C1=CC=C2CCCNC2=C1 LBUJPTNKIBCYBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000147 tetrahydroquinolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- CZDYPVPMEAXLPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetramethylsilane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)C CZDYPVPMEAXLPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HNKJADCVZUBCPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N thioanisole Chemical compound CSC1=CC=CC=C1 HNKJADCVZUBCPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- DZLNHFMRPBPULJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N thioproline Chemical compound OC(=O)C1CSCN1 DZLNHFMRPBPULJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000451 tissue damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000827 tissue damage Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000008427 tissue turnover Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012049 topical pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006000 trichloroethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N triflic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QAEDZJGFFMLHHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N trifluoroacetic anhydride Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(=O)OC(=O)C(F)(F)F QAEDZJGFFMLHHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004044 trifluoroacetyl group Chemical group FC(C(=O)*)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- PQDJYEQOELDLCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylsilane Chemical compound C[SiH](C)C PQDJYEQOELDLCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940094989 trimethylsilane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008243 triphasic system Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001665 trituration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002221 trityl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1C([*])(C1=C(C(=C(C(=C1[H])[H])[H])[H])[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003679 valine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012431 wafers Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008215 water for injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
- C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
- C07K5/08—Tripeptides
- C07K5/0827—Tripeptides containing heteroatoms different from O, S, or N
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C271/00—Derivatives of carbamic acids, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atom not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
- C07C271/06—Esters of carbamic acids
- C07C271/08—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C271/10—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C271/22—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms to carbon atoms of hydrocarbon radicals substituted by carboxyl groups
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
- C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
- C07K5/06—Dipeptides
- C07K5/06191—Dipeptides containing heteroatoms different from O, S, or N
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02P—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
- Y02P20/00—Technologies relating to chemical industry
- Y02P20/50—Improvements relating to the production of bulk chemicals
- Y02P20/582—Recycling of unreacted starting or intermediate materials
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Pulmonology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
- Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
- Steroid Compounds (AREA)
- Heterocyclic Compounds Containing Sulfur Atoms (AREA)
- Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
Abstract
This invention relates to acylated enol derivatives of known elastase inhibitors. These compounds are useful in the treatment of various inflammatory diseases, including cystic fibrosis and emphysema or as prodrugs of compounds which are useful in the treatment of said diseases.
Description
~1918~~~ ~;
S
ACYLATED ENOL DERIVATIVES AS PRODRUGS OF ELASTASE
INHIBITORS
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
This invention relates to compounds which are either elastase inhibitors or are prodrugs of elastase inhibitors, useful for a variety of physiological and end-use applications.
Human neutrophil elastase has been implicated as an agent contributing to the tissue destruction associated with a number of inflammatory diseases such as chronic bronchitis, cystic fibrosis, and rheumatoid arthritis.
J.L. Malech and J.I. Gallin, New Engl. J. Med., 317(11), 687 (1987). Elastase possesses a broad range of proteolytic activity against a number of connective tissue macromolecules including elastin, fibronectin, collagen, and proteoglycan. The presence of the enzyme elastase may contribute to the pathology of these diseases.
Normal plasma contains large quantities of protease inhibitors that control a variety of enzymes involved in connective tissue turnover and inflammation. For example, a-1-proteinase inhibitor (a-1-PI) is a serine protease inhibitor that blocks the activity of elastase. a-1-PI has received considerable interest because reduction in plasma levels to less than 15% of normal is associated with the early development of emphysema.
S
ACYLATED ENOL DERIVATIVES AS PRODRUGS OF ELASTASE
INHIBITORS
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
This invention relates to compounds which are either elastase inhibitors or are prodrugs of elastase inhibitors, useful for a variety of physiological and end-use applications.
Human neutrophil elastase has been implicated as an agent contributing to the tissue destruction associated with a number of inflammatory diseases such as chronic bronchitis, cystic fibrosis, and rheumatoid arthritis.
J.L. Malech and J.I. Gallin, New Engl. J. Med., 317(11), 687 (1987). Elastase possesses a broad range of proteolytic activity against a number of connective tissue macromolecules including elastin, fibronectin, collagen, and proteoglycan. The presence of the enzyme elastase may contribute to the pathology of these diseases.
Normal plasma contains large quantities of protease inhibitors that control a variety of enzymes involved in connective tissue turnover and inflammation. For example, a-1-proteinase inhibitor (a-1-PI) is a serine protease inhibitor that blocks the activity of elastase. a-1-PI has received considerable interest because reduction in plasma levels to less than 15% of normal is associated with the early development of emphysema.
In addition to plasma derived protease inhibitors, secretory fluids, including bronchial, nasal, cervical mucus, and seminal fluid contain an endogenous protease inhibitor called secretory leukoprotease inhibitor (SLPI) that can inactivate elastase and is believed to play an important role in maintaining the integrity of the epithelium in the presence of inflammatory cell proteases.
In certain pathological states a-1-PI and SLPI are inactivated by neutrophil oxidative mechanisms allowing the neutrophil proteases to function in an essentially inhibitor-free environment. For example, bronchial lavage fluids from patients with adult respiratory distress syndrome CARDS) have been found to contain active elastase and a-1-PI that had been inactivated by oxidation.
In addition to oxidative mechanisms, neutrophils possess non-oxidative mechanisms for eluding inhibition by antiproteases. Neutrophils from patients with chronic granulomatous disease are capable of degrading endothelial cell matrices in the presence of excess a-1-PI. There is considerable invitro evidence that stimulated neutrophils can tightly bind to their substrates such that serum antiproteases are effectively excluded from the microenvironment of tight cell-substrate contact. The influx of large numbers of neutrophils to an inflammatory site may result in considerable tissue damage due to the proteolysis that occurs in this region.
Applicants have determined that elastase is one of the primary neutrophil proteases responsible for cartilage matrix degeneration as measured by the ability of neutrophil lysate, purified elastase and stimulated neutrophils to degrade cartilage matrix proteoglycan.
Furthermore, applicants have previously discovered peptide derivatives useful as elastase inhibitors, exerting valuable pharmacological activities. For example, peptide derivatives useful as elastase inhibitors wherein the carboxy terminal carboxyl group has been replaced by a pentafluoroethylcarbonyl (-C(O)C2F5)group and in which the amino terminal amino acid is protected by various heterocycle-containing groups such as a 4-morpholinecarbonyl group are disclosed in European Patent Application OPI No. 0529568, inventors Peet et al., with a publication date of March 3, 1993.. Applicants have recently discovered acylated enol derivatives of known elastase inhibitors, such as those disclosed in European Patent Application OPI No. 0529568, which are useful as prodrugs of the known derivatives, or are elastase inhibitors in their own right.
2~g~~~~
-4_ SUMMARY OF T$E INVENTION
The present invention relates to compounds having the following formula 1 K-P4-P3-P2-EAC 1 (SEq. ID N0. 1) wherein EAC is a group of the formulae r'' wok ~t o . R or z Z H
R~
wherein R1 is -CH3. -CH(CH3)z. -C$zCHyCH3, -CHyCH(CH3)z oz -CH(CH3)CHZCH3;
Rz is -H, or is a (C1_g)alkyl, (C3_1z)cycloalkyl, (CS-io)arYl oz (C6_lo)arYl(Ci-s)alkyl;
R3 is -H or -F;
R4 is -H, -F, -CF3, -CFZCF3, -CFyCFZCF3, -C(O)ORS, or -C(O)NRSRg or is a (C1_g)alkyl, (C3_ iz)cYcloalkyl, (C6_lp)aryl or (C6_lp)aryl(C1_ 6)alkyl;
3S RS and R6 are each independently -H, or a (Ci_ g)alkyl, (C3_iz)cycloalkyl, (C6_lp)azyl or (C6_ 10)azYliCi-s)alkyl;
21918~,~
Pa is Ala, bAla, Leu, Ile, Val, Nva, bVal, Met, Nle, Gly Phe, Tyr, Trp, or Nal(1) where the nitrogen of the alpha-amino group can be substituted with an R
group where R is a (Ci_g)alkyl, (C3_12)cycloalkyl, (C3_12)cycloalkyl(C1_6)alkyl, (Cq_11)bicycloalkyl, (C4-11)bicycloalkyl(C1_6)alkyl, (C6_IO)arYl, (C6_ io)arYl(Ct-5)aikyl, (C3_~)heterocycloalkyl, (C3_ 7)heterocycloalkyl(Cl_6)alkyl, (CS_9)heteroaryl, (CS_ g)heteroaryl(C1_6)alkyl, fused (C6_lp)aryl-(C3_ ' ia)cYcloalkyl, fused (C6-io)arYl(C3_ly)cyclo-alkyl(C1_ 6)alkyl, fused (C5_g)heteroaryl(C3_g)cyclo-alkyl, or fused (C5_9)heteroaryl(C3_12)cycloalkyl-(C1_6)alkyl or Pz is Pro, Ind, Tic, Pip, Tca, Pro(4-OHzl), Aze, Pro(4-OAC), Pro(4-OH);
P3 is Ala, bAla, Leu, Ile, Val, Nva, bVal, Met, or Nle or an N-methyl derivative, Pro, Ind, Tic or Tca, or Lys substituted on its epsilon amino group with a morpholino-H-group or Orn substituted on its delta amino group with a morpholino-H-group;
Pq is Ala, bAla, Leu, Ile. Val, Nva, bVal, Met, or Nle or a bond;
K is hydrogen, formyl, acetyl, succinyl, benzoyl, t-butyloxycarbonyl, carbobenzyloxy, tosyl, dansyl, isovaleryl, methoxysuccinyl, 1-adamantanesulphonyl, 1-adamantaneacetyl, 2-carboxybenzoyl, phenylacetyl, t-butylacetyl, bis((1-naphthyl)methyl)acetyl, -C(O)N-(CH3)2, O
~C~ -(CHz?z N
2~g ~~~4 -A-RZ wherein A is -~~-I -N-~~~' -O ~~. or ~~ -: and , Ra is an aryl group containing 6, 10 or 12 carbons suitably substituted by 1 to 3 members selected independently from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, alkyl containing from 1 to 6 carbons, alkoxy containing from 1 to 6 carbons, carboxy, alkylcarbonylamino wherein the alkyl group contains 1 to 6 carbon, 5-tetrazolyl, and acylsulfonamido containing from 1 to 15 carbons, provided that when the acylsulfonamido contains an aryl the aryl may be further substituted by a member selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo and nitro; and such other terminal amino protecting groups which are functionally equivalent thereto, o r -~- B _ Z~O
wherein Z is N or CH, and W 0 95133478 PCTlUS95/05879 -'- ~1918~4 B is a group of the formulae - CR - ~~ ~ I - ~~ - CH - ~ '~
R. R.
C _"~ ~ - SOZ ~ C --~- , 1. 0 O
- C - NH ~- C -~- r - SOZ '~
2C ~~ O
- C __'~- C ~ , o r - C -~- C
(the wavy line ~ being the attachment to the rest of the 2r molecule, i.e., not to Z) and wherein R' is hydrogen or a C1_balkyl group;
or a hydrate, isostere or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, useful as prodrugs of known elastase inhibitors or 3p inhibit elastase in their present form. The compounds of formula 1 thus either exhibit an anti-inflammatory effect useful in the treatment of emphysema, cystic fibrosis, adult respiratory distress syndrome, septicemia, disseminated intravascular coagulation, gout, rheumatoid arthritis, 35 chronic bronchitis and inflammatory bowel disease; or are prodrugs of compounds which exhibit such effects.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Figure 1 illustrates the comparison of time courses of the assay of human neutrophil elastase as described in Example 9, disclosed herein,. using MDL 103,279, over a 60 minute time frame with various controls. The abscissa (x-axis) represents the absorbance due to the formation of the product of the elastase reaction. The ordinate (y-axis) indicates the elapsed time of reaction measured in seconds.
The increase in absorbance with time represents the rate of the elastase reaction. Identity of each time course line is as listed below.
~ elastase + elastase substrate elastase + elastase substrate + esterase elastase + elastase substrate + MDL 103,279 4 elastase + elastase substrate + esterase+ MDL 103,279 Figure 2 illustrates the comparison of time courses of MDL 105,457, MDL 104,226. MDL 105.658. control and control + esterase with MDL 103,279 using the assay of human neutrophil elastase as described in Example 9, disclosed herein. The abscissa and ordinate are defined the same as they are in Figure 1. Identity of each time course line a as listed below.
W0 95133478 PCT/fIS95/05879 2191~~~
_g_ 1 control 2 control + esterase 66 nm MDL 105,457 + esterase 4 66 nm MDL 103,279-02 + esterase 5 66 nm MDL 104,226 + esterase 6 66 nm MDL 105,658 + esterase DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Isosteres of the compounds of formula 1 include those wherein (a) one or more of the a-amino residues of the Pa-Pa substituents are in its unnatural configuration (when there is a natural configuration) or (b) when the normal peptidic amide linkage [-C(=O)NH-] is modified, such as for example, to form -CHyNH- (reduced), -COCHZ- (keto), -CH(OH)CHZ-(hydroxy), -CH(NHZ)CH2- (amino), -CH~CH~- (hydrocarbon), -CH=CH-(alkene). Preferably a compound of the invention should not be in an isosteric form; particularly it is pre-ferred that there be no modified peptidic amide group, but if there is, it is preferable to keep the isosteric modifications to a minimum.
As used herein the term "(C1_g)alkyl" means a straight or branched alkyl group of from 1 to 8 carbon atoms, such as, methyl, ethyl, a-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, sec-pentyl, iso-pentyl, n-hexyl, heptyl and octyl. Similarly, the term "(C1_6)alkyl" means a straight or branched alkyl group of -from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, sec-pentyl, iso-pentyl and n-hexyl. The term "(C3_1z)cycloalkyl" means a cyclic alkyl group consisting of a 3 to 12 member ring which -l~- 21 ~ 1 ~-~ ~
can be substituted by a lower alkyl group, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 4-methylcyclohexyl, 4-ethylcyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. The term "(C3_ly)cycloalkyl(C1_s)alkyl" means a (C1_s)alkyl group substituted by a (C3_lz)cycloalkyl group, such as a cyclohexylmethyl or cyclopentylethyl group. The term "(C4_li)bicycloalkyl" means an alkyl group containing one pair of bridgehead carbon atoms, such as 2-bicyclo(1.1.0)butyl, 2-bicyclo[2.2.1]hexyl, and 1-bicyclo(2.2.2]octane. The term "(C4_11)bicycloalkyl(C1_ s)alkyl" means a (C1_s)alkyl substituted by a (C~_ 11)bicycloalkyl, such as 2-bicyclo-hexylmethyl. The term ~~(Cs-1o)aryl" means a cyclic, aromatic assemblage of conjugated carbon atoms, for example, phenyl, 1-naphthyl, and 2-naphthyl. The term "(Cs_lo)aryl(C1_s)alkyl" means a (C1_s)alkyl substituted by a (Cs_lp)aryl, such as benzyl, phenethyl, and 1-naphthylmethyl. The term "(C3_ 7)heterocycloalkyl" means a nonaromatic, carbon containing cyclic group which contains from 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur, such as morpholinyl and piperidinyl. The term "(Cg_~)heterocycloalkyl(C1_s)alkyl" means a (Cy_s)alkyl group substituted by a (C3_7)heterocycloalkyl group, for example, morpholinomethyl. The term "(C~_y)heteroaryl" means a cyclic or bicyclic, aromatic assemblage of conjugated carbon atoms and from 1 to 3 nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur atoms, for example, pyzidinyl, 2-quinoxalinyl, and quinolinyl. The term "(CS_g)heteroaryl(Cy_s)alkyl" means (Cl_s)alkyl group substituted by a (CS_g)heteroaryl group, such as, 3-quinolinylmethyl. The term "fused (CS-1o)aryl(C3_lZ)cycloalkyl" means a "(C3_1z)cycloalkyl"
group which has one or more sides shared with a "(Cs_lo)aryl" group and can, for example, include groups derived by the fusion of benzene and cyclopentane, that' is 2-indanyl. The term "fused (Cs_lo)aryl(C3_ia)cYcloalkyl(C1_ s)alkyl" means a (C1_s)alkyl substituted by a fused (Cs_ io)arYl(C3_lZ)cycloalkyl group. The term "fused (CS_ CA 02191~84~4 2000-02-16 g)heteroaryl(C3_g)cycloalkyl" means a (C5_g)heteroaryl group which has one or more sides shared with a (C3_e)cycloalkyl group and can, for example, include groups derived by the fusion of cyclohexane and pyridine, that is tetrahydroquinoline. Finally the term "fused (C5_ g)heteroaryl(C3_e)cycloalkyl(C1_6)alkyl" means a (C1_6)alkyl substituted by a fused (C5_g)heteroaryl(C3_g)cycloalkyl group.
Each a-amino acid has a characteristic "R-group", the R-group being the side chain, or residue, attached to the a-carbon atom of the a-amino acid. For example, the R-group side chain for glycine is hydrogen, for alanine it is methyl, for valine it is isopropyl. For the specific R-groups or side chains of the a-amino acids see A.L.
Lehninger, Principles of Biochemistry, pg. 101, 1987, Wor~h Publishers, Inc., New York, NY.
Unless otherwise stated, the a-amino acids of these peptidase substrate analogs are preferably in their L-configuration; however, applicants contemplate that the amino acids of the formula 1 compounds can be of either the D- or L- configurations or.can be mixtures of the D- and L-isomers. including the racemic mixture. The recognized abbreviations for the a-amino acids are set forth in Table I.
WO 95133478 PCTlUS95105879 TABLE I
AMINO ACID SYMBOL
Alanine Ala Glycine Gly Isoleucine Ile Leucine Leu Lysine Lys Phenylalanine Phe Proline pro 1S Tryptophan Trp Tyrosine Tyr Valine Val Norvaline Nva Norleucine Nle 1-Naphthylalanine Nal(1) 2-Indolinecarboxylic acid Ind Sarcosine Sar beta-Alanine bAla beta-Valine bVal Methionine Met 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3- Tic isoquinoline carboxylic acid Thiazolidine-4-carboxylic Tca acid Ornithine Orn Pipecolinic acid pip Azetidine carboxylic acid Aze 4-Hydroxyproline Pro(4-OH) 5 4-Acetoxyproline Pro(4-OAc) 4-Benzyloxyproline pro(4_ OHzl) W0 95133478 PCTIUS95l05879r -13- ~1g 18~~
Preferred embodiments of the subject compounds of the present invention are best realized in the compounds of formula 1 wherein:
R1 is -CH(CH3)2 or -CH2CH2CH3; preferably -CH(CHg)2;
R2 is -H, (C1_g)alkyl, (C3_1.2)cYcloalkyl or (Cs_10)aryl;
preferably -H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, phenyl or benzyl;
R3 is -F;
Rq is -H, -F, -CF3, -C(O)ORg, -C(0)NRSR6, (Cl_g)alkyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl or benzyl;
R5 and R6 are each independently -H, (C1_g)alkyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, or benzyl;
P2 is a Pro, Pip, Aze or Pro(4-OHzl);
P3 is Ile, Val or Ala;
Pq is Ala or a bond;
K is benzoyl, t-butyloxycarbonyl, carbobenzyloxy, isovaleryl, -C(O)N(CH3)2.
O
~~--C~CH~z N
2s 0 o p c-NE+-s) ~ Ci o ar ~H-Z O
wherein Z is N and H is a group of the formulae -14- ~ 1 -~I~- . 'CH-II~ , -II_CH-II~ .
R. R.
1~ 0 0 I
1 ~N~ N
-C-( ( ) )-C~ . or -C-~-C
and wherein R' is hydrogen or a C1_balkyl group.
Specific examples of-preferred compounds include:
(E)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoylj-L-valyl-N-[2 (acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(E)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-(1-oxopropoxy)-1 butenyl)-L-prolinamide;
(E)-N-[4-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-I3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-(2-methyl-1-oxopropoxy)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(Z)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-(2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
W 0 95133478 PCTlfJS95/05879 -IS-. ~1 ~ 1 (E)-N-[(1,1-Dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-L-alanyl-L-alanyl-N-(2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-propenyl]-L-prolinamide; (SEQ. ID NO. 2) (E)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,3-trifluoro-I-(I-methylethyl)-1-propenyl]-L-prolinamide;
1D (E)-N-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3.3,3-trifluoro-I-(1-methylethyl)-1-propenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(E)-N-[4-[(4-Chlorophenyl)sulfonylaminocarbonyl]benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-I-15 propenyl]-L-prolinamide.
(E)-N-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(Z)-N-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(E)-N-[4-(4-MOrpholinylsulfonyl)benxoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(Z)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylsulfonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(E)-N-[3-(3-Pyridyl)propanoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
R'O 95133478 PCTIUS95/05879 (Z)-N-[3-(3-Pyridyl)propanoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(E)-N-[4-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-norvalyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(Z)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-norvalyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(E)-N-[4-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-alanyl-N-(2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl)-L-prolinamide;
(Z)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-alanpl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(E)-N-[4-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenylj-L-2-azetamide;
(Z)-N-[4-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-2-azetamide;
(~)-N-[4-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenylj-D,L-2-pipecolinamide;
(Z)-N-[4-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-(2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-D,L-2-pipecolinamide;
W 0 95133478 PCTlIJS95105879 ~1~ ~~4~
(E)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-traps-4-hydroxyprolinamide;
(Z)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-traps-4-hydroxyprolinamide;
(E)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-traps-4-acetoxyprolinamide;
(Z)-N-[4-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-traps-4-acetoxyprolinamide;
(E)-N-[4-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-traps-4-benzyloxyprolinamide;
(Z)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3.4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-traps-4-benzyloxyprolinamide;
(E)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-D,L-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-isoquinolinamide;
(Z)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(I-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-D,L-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-isoa_uinolinamide;
(E)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4.4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-isoquinolinamide;
(Z)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-isoquinolinamide;
(E)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-4-thiazolidinamide;
(Z)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-4-thiazolidinamide;
(E)-N-[4-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-propyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(Z)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinyicarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-propyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(E)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3-fluoro--1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(Z)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-(2-(acetyloxy)-3-fluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(E)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3-difluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(Z)-N-(4-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-(2-(acetyloxy)-3,3-difluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
_lg_ 21 ~ ~ ~ 4 4 In general, the compounds of Formula 1 may be prepared using standard chemical reactions analogously known in the art and as depicted in Scheme A, wherein the terms K, Pq, P3, Py, R1, R2, R; and Rq are as defined in formula 1.
Scheme A
K-P4-P3-Pz-(NH)-CH(Rt)-C(=O}-CFR3 R4 4 IRrC(=0)lz-O 2 or Rz-(C=O)O(C=O}-Rz' 3 O
H H
K P4 P3 Pz N ~~ pCR? ~- K-P4-P3-Pz- N ~~ CFRgRq 1a R~ 0~ ~b R~
(SEQ. ID NO. 3) (SEQ. ID NO. 4) Generally, the acylated enols of formulae la and lb may be formed by reacting the peptide of formula 4 with a suitable symmetrical anhydride 2 or a suitable mixed anhydride 3 (wherein RZ' and Ra are different but are both Rz groups as defined above) in the presence of an amine base, such as the tertiary amines triethylamine and N-methylmorpholine or aromatic amines such as 4-dimethylaminopyridine as well as picolines, collidines and pyridine. The reactants may be contacted in a suitable organic solvent such as acetonitrile, methylene chloride, and the like. The reaction is typically carried out over a period of time ranging from about 30 minutes to about 48 -2~- ~19~~~~
hours at a temperature within the range of from about -40°C
to about 85°C. Generally, temperatures below 0°C provide high ratios of la to _Ib andla may be isolated in its pure form by chromatography or recrystalliaation. Generally, reaction temperatures greater than 0°C provide increasing ratios of lb to la and lb may be isolated by chromatography or recrystallization.
Alternatively, the acylated enols of formulae la and lb may be formed by reacting the peptide of formula _4 with a suitable acid halide of the formula RZ-C(=0)X (X = F, C1, Br. I) in the presence of a weakly basic amine such as the picolines, collidines or pyridine.
European Patent Appl. Publ. No. 0529568 A1 discloses the compounds of formula 4 wherein K is '~-B-Z O
Z is N or CH; B is a group of the formulae O O O O
30 - ~~
C ~ . SOZ ~ C .-~- , - C - NH ~- C -~ , or - SOZ -~-' wherein R' is hydrogen or a C1_6alkyl group; R3 is -F; R4 is -CF3:
R1 is the R-group of the amino acids Ala, bAla, Leu, Ile, Val, Nva, bVal, Met, Nle, Gly, or an N-methyl derivative;
P2 is Ala, bAla, Leu, Ile, Val, Nva, bVal, Met, Nle, Gly, Phe, Tyr, Trp, or Nal(1) where the nitrogen of the alpha-amino group can be substituted with an R group where R is a (C1_6)alkyl, (C3_i2)cYcloalkyl, (C3_ 12)cYcloalkyl(C1_6)alkyl, (C4-ii)bicycloalkyl, (C4_ ii)bicycloalkyl(C1_6)alkyl, (C6_lo)aryl, (~s-~o) aryl(C1_6)alkyl, (C3_~)heterocycloalkyl, (C3_~)heterocycloalkyl(C1_6)alkyl, (CS_9)heteroaryl, (CS_ 9)heteroaryl(C1_6)alkyl, fused (C6-1o)aryl-( C3-i2 ) cycloalkyl, fused ( C6_lo ) aryl ( C3_12 ) cyclo-alkyl ( C1_ 6)alkyl, fused (C5_9)heteroaryl(C3-i2)cyclo-alkyl, or fused ( C5_g ) heteroaryl ( C3_12 ) cycloalkyl- ( C1_6 ) alkyl, or P2 is Pro, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-isoquinoline carboxylic acid (Tic), thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid (Tca), or Ind;
P3 is Ala, bAla, Leu, Ile, Val, Nva, bVal, Met, or Nle or an N-methyl derivative, Pro, Ind, Tic or Tca, or Lys substituted on its epsilon amino group (defined in the reference as the "omega" group) with a morpholino-B-group or Orn substituted on its delta amino group (defined in the reference as the "omega" group) with a morpholino-B-group; and P4 is Ala, bAla, Leu, Ile, Val, Nva, bVal, Met, or Nle or an N-methyl derivative or a bond.
Those compounds of formula 4 defined herein, but not disclosed in European Patent Appl. Publ. No. 0529568 A1, may be prepared by the following synthetic procedures which are well known and appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art.
WO 95133478 PCTlUS95105879 In general, all of the compounds of formula 4 may be prepared using standard chemical reactions analogously known in the art and as depicted in Scheme B.
Scheme B
1o HzN-CH(R~)-C(-O)-CR3 R4 5 Pz, P3, K-P4 Couple K-P4-P3-P2- HN-CH(R~)-C(-O)-CR3 R4 4 f SEQ. ID NO. 5 ) Scheme B rovides a P general synthetic scheme for preparing the compounds of formula 4.
The Py, P3 and K-Pq groups can be linked to the free amino group of the amino acid derivative of structure _5.
Note that structure _5 represents the P1 moiety wherein the free carboxylic acid group has been substituted with a "CR3Rq" moiety as defined above. The PZ, P3 and K-pq can be linked to the unprotected, free amino compound tpi-CR3Rq) by well known peptide coupling techniques. Furthermore, the p1. p2, P3 and K-Pq groups may be linked together in any order as long as the final compound is K-pq-P3-pmpl-CR3Rq.
Foz example, K-Pq can be linked to P3 to give K-Pq-p3 which is linked to Pa-P1-CR3Rq; or K-Pq linked to P3-py then linked .
to an appropriately C-terminal protected P1 and the C-terminal rotectin P g group converted to CR3Rq.
Generally, peptides are elongated by deprotecting the a-amine of the N-terminal residue and coupling the next _23_ suitably N-protected amino acid through a peptide linkage using the methods described. This deprotection and coupling procedure is repeated until the desired sequence is obtained. This coupling can be performed with the constituent amino acids in stepwise fashion, as depicted in Scheme B, or by condensation of fragments (two to several amino acids), or combination of both processes, or by solid phase peptide synthesis according to the method originally described by Merrifield, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1963, 85, 2149-2154. When a solid phase synthetic approach is employed, the C-terminal carboxylic acid is attached to an insoluble carrier (usually polystyrene). These insoluble carriers contain a group which will react with the carboxylic acid group to form a bond which is stable to the elongation conditions but readily cleaved later. Examples of which are: chloro- or bromomethyl resin, hydroxymethyl resin, and aminomethyl resin. Many of these resins are commercially available with the desired C-terminal amino acid already incorporated.
Alternatively, compounds of the invention can be synthesized using automated peptide synthesizing equipment.
In addition to the foregoing, peptide synthesis are described in Stewart and Young, "Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis", 2nd ed., Pierce Chemical Co., Rockford, IL
(1984); Gross, Meienhofer, Udenfriend, Eds., "The Peptides:
Analysis, Synthesis, Biology", Vol 1, 2, 3, 5 and 9, Academic Press, New York, 1980-1987; Bodanszky, "Peptide Chemistry: A Practical Textbook", Springer-Verlag, New York (1988); and Bodanszky, et al. "The Practice of Peptide Synthesis" Springer-Verlag, New York (1984).
Coupling between two amino acids, an amino acid and a peptide, or two peptide fragments can be carried out using standard coupling procedures such as the azide method, mixed carbonic-carboxylic acid anhydride (isobutyl chloroformate) method, carbodiimide (dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, diisopropylcarbodiimide, or water-soluble carbodiimide) method, active ester (p-nitrophenyl ester, N-hydroxy-succinic imido ester) method, Woodward reagent K method, carbonyldiimidazole method, phosphorus reagents such as BOP-C1, or oxidation-reduction methods. Some of these methods (especially the carbodiimide method) can be enhanced by adding 1-hydroxybenzotriazole. These coupling reactions can be performed in either solution (liquid phase) or solid phase.
The functional groups of the constituent amino acids generally must be protected during the coupling reactions to avoid formation of undesired bonds. The protecting groups that can be used are listed in Greene, "Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry", John Wiley & Sons, New York (1981) and "The Peptides: Analysis, Synthesis, Biology", Vol. 3, Academic Press, New York (1981).
The a-carboxyl group of the C-terminal residue is usually, but does not have to be, protected by an ester that can be cleaved to give the carboxylic acid.
Protecting groups which can be used include: 1) alkyl esters such as methyl and t-butyl., 2) aryl esters such as benzyl and substituted benzyl, or 3) esters which can be cleaved by mild base treatment or mild reductive means such as trichloroethyl and phenacyl esters.
The a-amino group of each amino acid to be coupled to the growing peptide chain must be protected. Any protecting group known in the art can be used. Examples of which include: 1) acyl types such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl, phthalyl, and p-toluenesulfonyl; 2) aromatic carbamate types such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz or Z) and substituted benzyloxycarbonyls, 1-(p-biphenyl)-1-WO 95f334?8 PCT/US9510S879 21~1~~~
methylethoxy-carbonyl, and 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc); 3) aliphatic carbamate types such as tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), ethoxycarbonyl, diisopropyl-methoxycarbonyl, and allyloxycarbonyl; 4) cyclic alkyl carbamate types such as cyc,lopentyloxycarbonyl and adamantyloxycarbonyl; 5) alkyl types such as triphenyl-methyl and benzyl; 6) trialkylsilane such as trimethyl-silane; and 7) thiol containing .types such as phenylthio-carbonyl and dithiasuccinoyl. The preferred a-amino protecting group is either Hoc or Fmoc, preferably Boc.
Many amino acid derivatives suitably protected for peptide synthesis are commercially available.
The a-amino protecting group of the newly added amino acid residue is cleaved prior to the coupling of the next amino acid. When the Boc group is used, the methods of choice are trifluoroacetic acid, neat or in dichlozomethane, or HC1 in dioxane or ethyl acetate. The resulting ammonium salt is then neutralized either prior to the coupling or insitu with basic solutions such as aqueous buffers, or tertiary amines in dichloromethane or dimethylformamide. When the Fmoc group is used, the reagents of choice are piperidine oz substituted piperidine in dimethylformamide, but any secondary amine or aqueous basic solutions can be used. The deprotection is carried out at a temperature between 0°C and room temperature.
Any of the amino acid bearing side chain functionalities must be protected during the preparation of the peptide using any of the above-described groups. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the selection and use of appropriate protecting groups for these side chain functionalities depends upon the amino acid and presence of other protecting groups in the peptide. The selection of such protecting groups is important in that it must not be removed during the deprotection and coupling of the a-amino group.
Z'~9 ~~~
For example, when Boc is used as the a.-amino protecting group, the following side chain protecting groups are suitable: p-toluenesulfonyl (tosyl) moieties can be used to protect the amino side chains of amino acids such as Lys and Arg; p-methylbenzyl, acetamidomethyl, benzyl (Bzl), or t-butylsulfonyl moieties can be used to protect the sulfide containing side chains of amino acids such as cysteine; and benzyl (BZl) ether can be used to protect the hydroxy containing side chains of amino acids such as Ser or Thr.
When Fmoc is chosen for the a-amine protection usually tert-butyl based protecting groups are acceptable. For instance, Boc can be used for lysine, tent-butyl ether for serine and threonine and tert-butyl ester for glutamic acid.
Once the elongation of the peptide is completed all of the protecting groups are removed. When a solution phase synthesis is used, the protecting groups are removed in whatever manner is dictated by the choice of protecting groups. These procedures are well known to those skilled in the art.
When a solid phase synthesis is used, the peptide is cleaved from the resin usually simultaneously with the protecting group removal. When the Boc protection scheme is used in the synthesis, treatment with anhydrous HF
containing additives such as dimethyl sulfide, anisole, thioanisole, or p-cresol at 0°C is the preferred method far cleaving the peptide from the resin. The cleavage of the peptide can also be accomplished by other acidic reagents such as trifluoromethanesulfonic acid/ttifluoioacetic acid mixtures. If the Fmoc protection scheme is used the N-terminal Fmoc group is cleaved with reagents described earlier. The other protecting groups and the peptide are -27' cleaved from the resin using a solution of trifluoroacetic acid and various additives such as anisole, etc.
Alternatively, the compounds of formula 4 may be prepared using standard chemical reactions analogously known in the art and as depicted in Scheme C.
Scfieme C
l0 HZN-CH(R~)-CH(OH)-CFR3 R4 6 P2, P3, K-P4 Couple K-P4-P3-PZ- HN-CH(R~)-CH(OH)-CFR3 R4 7 ( SEQ. ID NO. 6 ) Oxidation K-P4-P3-P2- IN-CH(R)-C(=O)-CFR3 R4 4 ( SEQ. ID NO. 5 ) Scheme C provides an alternative general synthetic scheme for preparing the compounds of formula 4.
The Pg, P3 and K-Pq groups can be linked to the free amino group of the amino alcohol derivative of structure _6 as described previously in Scheme H to give the peptido alcohol of structure 7.
The alcohol functionality of the peptido alcohol of structure Z is then oxidized by techniques and procedures well known and appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art, such as a Swern Oxidation using oxalyl chloride and dimethylsulfoxide, to give the compounds of formula 4.
Starting materials for use in Schemes B and C are readily available to one of ordinary skill in the art. For example, amino acids Pz, P3 and K-P4 wherein K is hydrogen are commercially available. In addition, amino protecting group K wherein K is acetyl" succinyl, benzoyl, t-butyloxycarbonyl, carbobenzyloxy, tosyl, dansyl, isovaleryl, methoxysuccinyl, 1-adamantanesulphonyl, 1-adamantaneacetyl, 2-carboxbenzoyl, phenylacetyl, t-butylacetyl, bis [(1-naphthyl)methyl)acetyl or -A-RZ wherein A is -C-, -NH-C-, -O-C- or -S-; and Rz is an aryl group containing 6, 10 or 12 carbons suitably substituted by 1 to 3 members selected independently from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, alkyl containing from 1 to 6 carbons, alkoxy containing from 1 to 6 carbons, carboxy, alkylcarbonylamino wherein the alkyl group contains 1 to 6 carbons, 5-tetrazolyl, and acylsulfonamido (i.e., acylaminosulfonyl and sulfonylaminocarbonyl) containing from 1 to 15 carbons, provided that when the acylsulfonamido contains an aryl the aryl may be further substituted by a member selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo and nitro; and such other terminal amino protecting groups which are functionally equivalent thereto are described in European Patent Application OPI No.
0363284, April 11, 1990. Furthermore, dimethyl carbamoyl chloride is commercially available and O
~~-~CH2)2 N
is available via a literature preparation [J. Amer. Chem.
Soc. (1980), 102, 5530-8] for compounds of formula 1 wherein K is -C(O)N-(CFi3jy, or _29_ O
C (CH2~z N
respectively. Synthetic procedures for converting said compounds into K-P4 substituents are well known and appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art.
Starting amino compounds of formula 5 are readily available to one of ordinary skill in the art. For example, certain protected amino compounds of formula 5 wherein CFR3R4 is -CF3, -CHF2, -CF2C(=0)NHR6' or -CF2C(=O)OR6'(wherein R6' - C1_4 straight or branched alkyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl or benzyl) are described in European Patent Application OPI No. 0195212, inventors Michel Jung et al., with a publication date of September 24, 1986. In addition, amino compounds of formula 5 wherein CFR3R4 is -CF3, -CFy(CHy)tCH3 (wherein t = 2, 3 or 4), or -CFZCF3 are described in European Patent Application OPI No. 0503203, September 16, 1992. Amino compounds of formula _5 wherein CFR3R4 is -CFHZ are described in Hiochem. J. (1987), 241, 871-5. Biochem. J. (1986), 239, 633-40 and United States Patent No. 4,518,528, May 21, 1985. Amino compounds of formula 5 wherein CFR3R4 is -CFZCF3 are described in European Patent Application Publ. No. 0410411, inventors Bey et al., with a publication date of January 30, 1991, as well as in European~Patent Application OPI No. 0529568. inventors Peet et al., with a publication date of March 3, 1993. Likewise, amino compounds of formula 5 wherein CFR3R4 is CF2C(=O)NHR6' (wherein R6' is (C1_6)alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl) are described in International PCT Publication No. WO 92/12123 published July 23, 1992.
_3p_ In addition, other starting materials for use in Schemes H and C may be prepared by the following synthetic procedures which are well known and appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art.
Substituted amino acids K-P4 of structure wherein K is - H - Z O wherein Z is N or CH, and H is a group of the formulae - C- , -CH- C- , - C-CH- C-R~
-C- , -S02 ~ C-~~
~ N or N
- C ~ C- - C ~ C -wherein R' is hydrogen or a C1_6 alkyl group are prepared using standard chemical reactions analogously known in the art.
WO 95133478 PCTlIJS95I05879 The procedure for preparing the substituted amino acids K-Pq wherein K is wherein 8 is a -C(=0)- is outlined in Scheme D wherein Pq and Z are as previously defined or are the functional equivalents of these groups.
_32_ Scheme D
II
o z-c-cl s I
II
O Z -C-P4 _9 Specifically the amino acids K-P~ wherein K is - B - Z 0 wherein H is a -C(=O)- are prepared by coupling of the amino acid K-P4 wherein K is hydrogen with an acid chloride of structure B in the presence of from one to four molar equivalents of a suitable amine which can act as a hydrogen halide acceptor. Suitable amines for use as hydrogen halide acceptors are tertiary organic amines such as tri-(lower alkyl)amines, for example, triethylamine, or aromatic amines such as picolines, collidines, and pyridine. When pyridines, picolines, or collidines are employed, they can be used in high excess and act therefore also as the reaction solvent. Particularly suitable for the reaction is N-methylmorpholine ("NMM"). The cougling reaction can be performed by adding an excess, such as from 1 - 5, preferably about a 4-fold molar excess of the amine and then the acid chloride of structure _8, to asolution of the amino acid K-Pq wherein K is hydrogen. The solvent can be any suitable solvent, for example, petroleum ethers, a WO 95!33478 PCTlUS95/05879 chlorinated hydrocarbon such as carbon tetrachloride, ethylene chloride, methylene chloride, or chloroform; a chlorinated aromatic such as 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene, or _o-dichlorobenzene; carbon disulfide; an ethereal solvent such as diethylether, tetrahydrofuran, or 1,4-dioxane, or an aromatic solvent such as benzene, toluene, or xylene.
Methylene chloride is the preferred solvent for this coupling reaction. The reaction is allowed to proceed for 1D from about 15 minutes to about 6 hours, depending on the reactants, the solvent, the concentrations, and other factors, such as the temperature which can be from about 0°C to about 60°C, conveniently at about room temperature, i.e. 25°C. The N-protected amino acids K-P4 wherein K is -$ -Z 0 wherein H is a -C(=O)- can be isolated from the reaction mixture by 2D any appropriate techniques such as by chromatography on silica gel.
The substituted amino acids K-P4 wherein K is - B - Z~ wherein B is other than a -C(=O)- can be prepared analogously, merely by substituting the appropriate intermediate A-B-Z 0 wherein B is other than a -C(=O)- and A is C1 or OH (the corresponding acid, acid chloride or sulphonyl chloride) for the compound of structure 8 in Scheme D.
-34_ The acid chloride of structure _8 and the appropriate intermediate of formula A - B - Z 0 wherein S is other than a -C(=O)- and A is C1 or OH (the corresponding acid, acid chloride or sulphonyl chloride) are commercially available or may be readily prepared by techniques and procedures well known and appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art.
For example, the appropriate intermediates of formula O O
- C-~ C-N O
may be prepared as outlined in Scheme E wherein all ' substituents are as previously defined.
WO 95133478 PCTlUS95I05879 3~ 21g1~4~
Scheme E
0 O ' Acid-chloride Formation H3C0 - C ~ C - OH
N step a _10 Amidation O o H3C0 - C "~ C - CI
N step b ao 0 0 Hydrolysis H3C0 - C --~ C - N
N ~ step c O O
~
HO- C~ C-N O
N ~ 14 Scheme E provides a general synthetic procedure for preparing the appropriate intermediates of formula WO 95133478 PCTlUS95105879 - C - Z~O wherein Z is as previously defined.
In step a, the carboxylic acid functionality of the appropriate 2,5-pyridinedicarboxylic acid, 2-methyl ester 10 (Nippon Ka$aku Zasshi, 1967, S8, 563) is converted to its acid chloride using techniques and procedures well known and appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art, such as thionyl chloride, to give the corresponding 6-carbomethoxynicotinoyl chloride li.
In step b, the acid chloride 11 is amidated with morpholine 12 by techniques and procedures well known and appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art to give the corresponding 5-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)-2-pyridinecarboxylic acid, methyl ester 13.
In step c, the methyl ester functionality of 13 is hydrolyzed by techniques and procedures well known and appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art, with for example, lithium hydroxide in methanol, to give 5-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)-2-pyridinecarboxylic acid 14.
In addition, the appropriate intermediate of formula O O
N
- C~ C-N O
may be prepared as outlined in Scheme F wherein all substituents are as previously defined.
W 0 95f33478 PCT/US95/05879 Scheme F
2~g~~~~
O o Esterification H3C0 - C ~ C - OH
l0 N step a _10 Amidation H ~ 12 H3C0 - C -'~ C - OC ( CH3 ) 3 N
step b Hydrolysis (CH3)3C0 - C ~ C -N ~ step c HO - C --~(~ C -N
Scheme F provides a general synthetic procedure for preparing the appropriate intermediates of formula O O
N
wherein Z is as previously defined.
In step a, the free carboxylic acid functionality of 2,5-pyridinedicarboxylic acid, 2-methyl ester 10 (Nippon jfagaku -Zasshi, 1967, 88, 563) is converted to its t-butyl ester using techniques and procedures well known and appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art, such as the t-butyl alcohol adduct of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (Synthesis, 1979, 570), to give the corresponding 2,5-pyridinedicarboxylic acid, 2-methyl ester, 5-t-butyl ester 15.
For example, the 2,5-pyridinedicarboxylic acid, 2-methyl ester 10 is combined with a molar excess of the t-butyl alcohol adduct of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide in an appropriate organic solvent, such as methylene chloride.
The reaction is typically conducted at a temperature range of from 0°C to room temperature and for a period of time ranging from 2-24 hours. The 2,5-pyridinedicarboxylic acid, 2-methyl ester, 5-t-butyl ester 15 is isolated from the reaction mixture by standard extractive methods as is known in the art and may be purified by crystallization.
In Step b, the methyl ester functionality of 15 is amidated with mor holine 12 to P give the corresponding 6-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)nicotinic acid, t-butyl ester 16.
For example, the 2,5-pyridinedicarboxylic acid, 2-methyl ester, 5-t-butyl ester 15 is contacted with a molar excess of morpholine in an appropriate organic solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran. The reaction is typically conducted at a temperature range of from room temperature to reflux and for a period of time ranging from 5 hours to -39- 21 g 1 ~~ ~ 4 3 days. The 6-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)nicotinic acid, t-butyl ester 16 is isolated from the reaction mixture by standard extractive methods as is known in the art and may be purified by crystallization.
In step c, the t-butyl ester functionality of 16 is hydrolyzed, with for example, HC1 in nitromethane, to give the corresponding 6-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)nicotinic acid l0 17.
In general, the compounds of formula 4 may be prepared using standard chemical reactions analogously known in the art. For those compounds of formula _4 where CFR3R4 is -CF2H, -CFH2 or -CF3, intermediates for the application of the standard peptide coupling techniques are compounds of formula IIa-b wherein X' is CFR3Rq when CFR3Rq is -CF3, OH O
. R1~X~ R~ X' Ila Ilb -CFH2 or -CF2H, and R1 is as previously defined in formula 1. Similarly, designations P2, P3, P4, and K shown in the foregoing schemes are as defined in formula 1. except that any subgeneric or other modifications thereof are highlighted by the use of a primed symbol with a specific designation for such modified symbol. Note that in scheme G, the designation "X "' is used to denote a subgeneric modification of the CFR3RS group. The preparation and application of these compounds are depicted in scheme G.
' Scheme G
_.
R CO H (X'CO)ZO
1~ 2 A~ R1 . O -~ R1 'IH~NCOR6 ~ (COZH)Z X' to '$ 19 zo off off R \ ~ H- A -~ R1 20 NaBH4 ' l~X' X' HNCOR6 NH'~3A' 6 22 Bas Peptide Ri Ila Coupling KP4P3PaNH
OH
Y \X' 23 (SEQ. ID NO. 7) O
23 Swern ~ Rl ~ R Ho OH
Oxidation ~ x' r'-' 1 X' KP,P3PZNH KPqP3P2NH
24a (SEQ. ID NO. 8) 24b (SEQ. ID NO. 9) wherein R6 is phenyl or other equivalent moiety, and X' is -CF2H or -CF3 . H~ A'emeans an acid. A11 the substituents, unless otherwise indicated, are as previously defined. The reagents and starting materials are readily available to one of ordinary skill in the art.
In general the formation of the substituted azlactones 19 is effected from the N-protected amino acids 18 by standard reaction conditions wherein the amino acid W0 95f33478 PCTIUS95105879 -41_ derivative 18 is heated in the presence of an acid anhydride. The so-produced azlactone 19 is reacted with a di- or trifluoroacetic acid anhydride or acid halide to give a fluorinated intermediate which (with or without isolation) is treated with,anhydrous oxalic acid to produce the N-protected fluorinated ketone 2D whereupon the ketone is chemically reduced to its alcoholic amide 2l. The amide 21 is cleaved under standard acidic conditions to yield its amide-acid salt [e. g.. its hydrochloride 22]. After neutralization, the alcohols IIa may be coupled to KP4P3PZOH
using standard peptide chemistry techniques to produce ' compounds 23 which are subjected to theSwern oxidation procedure to obtain the desired product 24a and 24b (the ketone or hydrate respectively). Alternatively, the alcohols IIa may be oxidized to the ketones IIb which are coupled to KP4P3P20H according to standard peptide chemistry techniques. When employing this alternative route, the amino moiety is first protected with a Boc protecting group, the OH function oxidized to its ketone via Swern oxidation procedures, and then the Hoc protecting group removed and the resulting compounds IIb are the coupled to RPSP3P20H.
Scheme G is also applicable for the preparation of compounds of formula 4 wherein CFR3Rq is -CFZRq' wherein Rq' is (C1_g)alkyl, (C3_12)cycloalkyl, (C6_lo)aryl or (CS_ lo)aryl(C1_6)alkyl, the substituted azlactones 19 being treated with an acid halide in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, followed by 4-dimethylaminopyridine (Tetrahedron Letters, 1986, 4437-4440).
Likewise, scheme G is also applicable for the preparation of compounds of formula 4 wherein CFR3R4 is -CFZCF3, the substituted azlactones 19 being treated with pentafluoropropanoic acid anhydride'or acid halide.
_42- z ~ g ~ ~ ~ ~
An alternate route for the preparation of compounds of formula 4 wherein CFR3Rq - -CFZCF3, is shown in scheme H.
Scheme H
~ ~ cH3 PgNH~OH Stepa~ P9NH-CH~N O-CH3 l0 25 26 Step c Step b KPqP3PaNH-CH N~
~~ ~O CH3 PgNH-CH~CF~CF3 O
27 (SEQ. ID NO. 10) z$
Step b Step d 25 Rl RPqP3PZNH-CH~FZCF3 ~O
30 29 (SEQ. tD NO. 11) The required starting material defined by compound _25 is readily available either commercially or icy applying known prior art principles and techniques. The term "Pg~~ refers 35 to a suitable protecting group as more fully defined previously.
2'~~9~~4 In Scheme H. step a the protected amino acid 25 is transformed into the hydroxamate 24. This amidation can be performed utilizing a coupling reaction as between two amino acids using the protected amino acid 25 and the N-alkyl O-alkylhydroxylamine. The standard cougling reaction can be carried out using standard coupling procedures as described previously for the coupling between two amino acids to provide the hydroxamate 26.
In step b, the protected hydroxamate 26 is transformed into the protected pentafluoroketone 28 [or 291. This reaction can be performed utilizing a reaction of the type described in the following reference M. R. Angelastro. J.P
Burkhart, P. Bey, N. P. Peet, Tetrahedron Letters, 33 (1992), 3265-3268.
In step c, the hydroxamate 26 is deprotected under conditions well known in the art as described by T. H.
Green "Protection Groups in Organic Synthesis", John Wiley and Sons, 1981, Chapter 7, to provide the deprotected hydroxamate. The deprotected hydroxamate is elongated by coupling the next suitably protected amino acid through a peptide linkage using the methods previously described in Scheme G, or by condensation of fragments, or combination of both processes to provide the elongated peptide 27.
In step d, the ketone 28 is deprotected under conditions as previously described. The deprotected ketone 28 is elongated by coupling the next suitably protected amino acid through a peptide linkage using the methods previously described in Scheme G, or by condensation of fragments, of combination of both processes to provide the elongated ketone 29.
Alternatively, the corresponding protected amino acid ester of 25 [i.e. PgNH-CH(R1)C(=O)ORq', 26a, wherein Rq' is as defined above] can be substituted for the hydroxamate 2191~4k~
_44_ 26. The corresponding protected amino acid esters of _25 are commercially available or easily synthesized from 25 by procedures well known by one of ordinary skill in the art.
In step b, the amino acid ester 26a, is transformed into the protected pentafluoroketone 28 [or 291 in a manner ' directly analogous to that used for the corresponding hydroxamate. Steps c and d would be the same as those employed when utilizing the hydroxamate _26.
Sheme H is also applicable for the preparation of compounds of formula 4 wherein CFR3Rq is -CFZCFZCF3 or -CF2CFzCFaCF3, the amino acid ester 26a being alkylated with from 4-8 equivalents of perfluoropropyl iodide or perfluorobutyl iodide in the presence of from 4-8 equivalents of MeLi/LiBr in a suitable anhydrous solvent, such as ether, THF or toluene; the reaction being carried out at reduced temperature of from -100°C to 0°C, preferably from -30°C to -80°C, to provide the protected perfluoropropyl amino ketone and the protected perfluorobutyl amino ketone, respectively. Steps c and d would be the same as those employed when utilizing the hydroxamate 26.
For the preparation of compounds of formula 4 wherein CFR3Rq is CFZC(=O)-NRSRS, wherein RS and R6 are as defined in Formula 1, scheme I may be used.
2191~4~
Scheme I
step a Ri PgN~ CHO z~ CF2~OEt BfCFaCOzEt PgNH
3p 31 step b H~SRe. NH3 CFa~HHR5R6 p' pHR5R6 RP4P3PZNH PgH ~A
20 l step c oa p ~ off Q
33 (SEQ. ID NO. 12) 32 step d l .NHRSR6 KP~P3PZN '~/H
34 (SEQ. ID N0. 13) In effecting the steps of scheme I it is preferred to start with the aldehyde 30 wherein the protecting group is a carbamate preferably wherein Pg is benzyloxycarbonyl, (CBZ). This so-protected aldehyde is subjected to a condensation reaction with an ester of bromodifluoroacetic acid, preferably the ethyl ester in the presence of zinc.
Preferably the reaction is conducted in an anhydrous -46_ aprotic solvent, e.g., tetrahydrofuran, ether, dimethoxy-ethane and the like under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture is gently heated under reflux conditions, preferably to about 60°C for about 1-12 hours. Ester _31 in scheme I is converted to the secondary or tertiary amide _32 by treatment with the corresponding primary amines 35 under anhydrous conditions, preferably using such solvents as THF. The amidation is initiated at 0°C or at room temperature and the reaction mixture might be heated to reflux for completion of -the reaction.
In step c, the so-formed amide 32 is deprotected under conditions well known in the art as described by T.H.
Green, '"Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", John Wiley and Sons, 1981, Chapter 7, to provide the deprotected amide of structure 32. The deprotected amide is elongated by coupling the next suitably protected amine and through a peptide linkage using the methods previously described in scheme H or by condensation of fragments, or by combination of both processes to provide the elongated peptide 33.
In step d the alcohol functionality of the alcohol _33 is then oxidized by techniques and procedures well known and appreciated of one ordinary skill in the art, such as Swern oxidation using oxalyl chloride and dimethyl-sulfoxide, to give the compounds of formula 34.
For the preparation of compounds of formula 4 wherein CFR3R~ is CFyC(=O)-ORS, wherein R5 is as defined in Formula 1, scheme J may be used.
WO 95133478 PCTlUS95105879 21g1~i~4 Scheme J
Rl R
step a ~ Zn CFA ORS
PgNH' \ CHO
BrCFiC~ PgNH
OH O
l0 30 36 1. Deprotect 2. Couple step b g2~OR5 ~4P3p2HH
R ~~ ~H O
i step c 37 (SEQ. ID NO. 14) ~g2~OR5 O
O
38 (SEQ. ID NO. 15) Step a is similar to Scheme I, step a and is applicable to all definitions of Rs. Likewise, scheme J, step b is the same or similar as that employed in scheme I, step c and scheme J, step c is the same or similar as that employed in scheme I, step d.
~1~ 1~~~
All of the amino acids employed in the synthesis of Formula 1 are either commercially available or are easily synthesized. For example, the amino acid derivative Pro(4-OAc) defined in Pa can~be made by esterifying a Pro residue by utilizing techniques well-known by one of ordinary skill in the art.
In addition, amino compounds of structure _5 wherein CFR3Rq is -CHFR4' wherein RQ' is (C1_g)alkyl, (C3_ 1a)cycloalkyl, (C6-lp)aryl or (C6-lo)aryl(Ci_6)alkyl, may be prepared as described in Scheme K wherein all substituents are as previously defined. Note that while the amino group is protected by t-butyloxycarbonyl, other suitable amino protecting groups, as described above, may be substituted by those skilled in the art.
WO 95!33478 PCTlUS95ID5879 Scheme K
l0 Rt Rt 0 I AMIDATION I II
BocNH-CH-CO~H y BocNH-CH-C-N-OCH3 I
39 yep a 4p CH3 ALKYLATION
RQ CH2M 41 Rt O
BocNH-CH-C-CH2R4 step b FLUORINATION
8502-N(F)-502R 43 Rt O
or 44, 45 or 46 I II
BocNH-CH-C-CHFR4 step c 47 DEPROTECTION
HCI gas/EtOAc Rt O
HCI ~ H2NH-CH-C-CHFR4' step d 47a R = CF3, Phenyl M=Li,Mg 45 = 46 =
O /N-F O /N-F
~O ~S~
4~ O
O O (~ ~. r O
219_1 ~,~.~
In step a, the appropriate acid of structure _39 is amidated with N-methyl-N-methoxyamine by techniques and procedures well known and appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art, such as a coupling reaction using 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBT) to give the corresponding amide of structure 40.
In step b, the appropriate amide of structure _40 is alkylated with the appropriate alkyl metal compound of structure 41 to give the corresponding keto compound of structure 42.
For example, the appropriate amide of structure 40 is treated with the alkyl metal compound of structure _41in a suitable aprotic, anhydrous organic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or diethyl ether. The reaction is typically conducted at a temperature range of from -78°C to -40°C and for a period of time ranging from 30 minutes to 5 hours. The corresponding keto compound of structure _42 is recovered from the reaction zone by extractive methods as is known in the art and may be purified by chromatography.
In step c, the appropriate keto compound of structure 42 is fluorinated with the N-fluorosulfonimide compound of structure 43, or the alternative fluorination reagents 44.
45 or 46 to give the protected amino compounds of structure 47 which is the amino compound of structure _5 in which the amino terminal group is substituted with a Boc group and CFR3Rq is -CRFRq'.
For example, the appropriate keto compound of structure 42 is treated withan appropriate non-nucleophilic base, such as lithium diisopropylamide in a suitable anhydrous aprotic organic solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran at a temperature range of from -78°C to -40°C and for a period of time ranging from 5 minutes to 2 hours. The reaction mixture is then treated with the N-WO 95133478 PCTIITS95l05879 fluorosulfonimide compound of structure 42 and the reaction conducted at a temperature range of from -78°C to -40°C and for a period of time ranging from 30 minutes to 10 hours.
The N-t-Boc protected amino compounds of structure _5 wherein CFR3R4 is -CHFR4' is recovered from the reaction zone by extractive methods as is known in the art and may be purified by chromatography.
The following examples present typical syntheses.
These examples are understood to be illustrative only and are not intended to limit the scope of the present invention in any way. As used herein, the following terms have the indicated meanings: "g" refers to grams; "mmol"
refers to millimoles; "mL" refers to milliliters; "bp"
refers to boiling point; "mp" refers to melting point;
'°°C" refers to degrees Celsius; "mm Hg" refers to millimeters of mercury; "uL" refers to microliters; "ug"
refers"to micrograms; and "uM" refers to micromolar; "Et3N"
refers to triethylamine; "CHaCh " refers to methylene chloride; "EtOAc" refers to ethyl acetate; "NMM" refers to N-methylmorpholine; "IBCF" refers to isobutyl chloroformate; "DMF" refers to N,N-dimethylformamide.
Combustion analyses fell-within ~ 0.4~ of the calculated values. NMR spectra were obtained in CDC13 unless otherwise noted. 1H and 13CNMR signals are reported in ppm from tetramethylsilane and 19FNMR signals are reported in ppm from CFC13. Coupling constants are reported in Hertz (Hz).
2191~~4 ExAMPLE 1 Preparation of (E)-N-[4-(4-MOrpholinvlcarbonvl)benzovl]-L-valvl-N-[2-(acetvloxv)-3 3 4 4 4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methvlethvl)-1-butenvl]-L-prolinamide O
CzFS
H
N
O ~ ~ O
H3C CH; 0 ng~. W ;
MDL 103,279 To a stirred solution of N-[4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-oxobutyl]-L-prolinamide (2.00 g, 3.16 mmole, EP Pat. Appl. Publ. No. 0 529 568 A1), Et;N (0.66 mL, 4.74 mmole) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.77 g, 6.32 mmole) in CHZClz (8 mL) under Nz atmosphere and cooled to ~-20°C (dry ice-CC14 bath), add acetic anhydride (0.89 mL, 9.48 mmole), dropwise and over a five (5) minute period. After 1.5 hours at -20°C, dilute the reaction mixture with CHyCly (70 mL) and wash the organics with 0.5 N aqueous hydrochloric acid (2 x 50 mL) followed by 50 mL of a mixture of 0.5 N aqueous hydrochloric acid-brine (1:9). Drying (MgS04) and concentration gives the crude product. The crude product can be recrystallized from ethyl acetate-hexane to provide the title compound as a white crystalline solid (MDL 103,279; 2.25 q, 85% yield, two crops), mp 127-137°C (dec).
TLC Rp 0.34 (1:9 acetone-~tOAC).
iHNMR E 8.02 (br s, 1H, NHC=C), 7.88-7.84 (m, 2H, 1/2 aryl), 7.51-7.46 (m, 2H, 1/2 aryl), 6.85 (br d, 1H, J = 8.9 Hz, W0 95f33478 PCTlUS95I05879 2~9~~~~
NH), 4.87 (dd, 1H, J = 6.3, 8.8 Hz, CA), 4.65 (dd, 1H, J =
2.6, 8.0 Hz, CH), 3.92-3.54 (m, 8H), 3.39 (br s, 2H), 2.73 (septet, 1H, J = 6.9 Hz, CAC=C), 2.52-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.24 (s, 3H, COCH3), 2.25-1.85 (m, 4H), 1.08 (d, 3H, J = 6.9 Hz, CH3), 1.D7 (d, 3H, J = 6.7 Hz, CH3), 1.05 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz, CH3), 1.01 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz, CH3).
lgFNMR 8 -83.55 (s, CF3), -116.50 (br s, CFZ).
MS (CI, CHq) m/z (rel intensity) 675 (MHO', 25), 359(100), 317(75), 262(28), 230(40), 210(22), 70(52).
Anal. (C31H3gF5Nq07) C,H,N.
Preparation of (E)-N-(4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-(1-oxopropoxy)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide O
N
O
H
MDL 104,226 Treatment of N-(4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoylj-L-valyl-N-[3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-oxobutyl]-L-prolinamide with propionic anhydride, using the same general procedure employed in Example 1, and recrystalli.ztion of the crude product from EtOAC gives MDL
104,226 as a white solid. Yield: 69$, mp 138-144°C (dec).
. 35 TLC Rp 0.35 (1:9 acetone-EtOAC).
1HNMR & 8.00 (br s, 1H, NHC=C), 7.88-7.84 (m, 2H, 1/2 aryl), 7.52-7.46 (m, 2H, 1/2 aryl), 6.85 (br d, 1H, J = 8.8 Hz, NH), 4.87 (dd, lA, J = 6.3, 8.8 Hz, CH), 4.65 (dd, 1H, J =
i 2.6, 8.0 Hz, CH), 3.92-3.53 (m,-8H), 3.40 (br s, 2H), 2,71 (septet, 1H, J = 6.9 Hz, CHC=C), 2.52 (q, 2H, J = 7.5 Hz, COCHy), 2.50-2.40 (m, 1H), 2.24-1.85 (m, 4H), 1.22 (t, 3H, J
= 7.5 Hz, CH3), 1.08 (d, 3H, J = 6.9 Hz, CH3), 1.07 (d, 3H, J = 6.5 Hz, CH3), 1.D5 (d, 3A, J = 6.8 Hz, CH3), 1.01 (d, 3H, J = 6.7 Hz. CHg). -19FNMR E -83.57 (s, CF3), -116.27 and -116.55 (AB quartet, J
= 280 Hz, CFZ).
MS (CI, CHq) m/z (rel intensity) 689 (MH+, 17), 414(20), 373 (100), 317(22), 77(54), 75(23), 70(20).
Anal. (C3yHq1F5N40~) C,H,N.
Preparation of (E)-N-[4-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valvl-N-(3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethvl)-2-(2-methvl-1-oxopropoxv)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide O
O~/
h3< «3 O
MDL 105,658 H3 Treatment of N-[4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[3,3.4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-oxobutyl]-L-prolinamide with isobutyric anhydride, using the same general procedure employed in Example 1, and recrystalliztion of the crude product from EtOAc gives MDL
105,658 as a white solid. Yield: 54~, mp 135-142°C (dec).
TLC Rp 0.34 (1:9 acetone-EtOAc).
W0 95133478 PCTlUS95105879 iHNMR b 7.98 (br s, lA, NHC=C), 7.89-7.84 (m, 2H, 1/2 aryl), 7.51-7.46 (m, 2H, 1/2 aryl), 6.87 (br d, 1H, J = 8.8 Hz, NH), 4.87 (dd, 1H, J = 6.3, 8.8 Hz. CH), 4.65 (dd, 1A, J =
2.6, 8.1 Hz, CH), 3.94-3.55 (m, SH), 3.40 (br s, 2H), 2.74 (septet, 1H, J = 7.0 Hz, COCH), 2.68 (septet, 1H, J = 6.9 Hz, CHC=C), 2.50-2.40 (m, 1H), 2.25-1.86 (m, 4Hj, 1.26 (d, 6H, J = 7.0 Hz, 2x CH3), 1.09 (d, 3H, J = 6.9 Ha, CH3), 1.07 (d, 3A, J = 6.8 Hz. CH3), 1.05 (d, 3H, J = 6.9 Hz, CH3), 1D 1.01 (d, 3H, J = 6.7 Hz, CH3).
i9FNMg $ -83.68 (s, CF3), -116.16 and -116.6b (AB quartet, J
= 282 Hz, CFy).
MS (CI, CH4) m/a (rel intensity) 703 (MH*, 20), 387(56).
317(78), 290(28), 230(35), 91(100), 89(80), 71(9D), 70(80).
Anal. (C33Hq3F5N407) C,H,N.
Preparation of (Z)-N-(4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonvllbenzoyl]-L-valyl-N-(2-(acetvloxy)-3,3,4.4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methvlethvl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide O
O
~ H3 N' 1 H I
MDL 105,457 To a stirred solution of N-[4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-oxobutyl)-L-prolinamide (p,50 g, 0.79 mmole), Et3N (0.16 mL, 1.19 mmole) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.19 g, 1.58 mmole) in CHZClz (2 mL) under NZ atmosphere and heated to reflux, add acetic anhydride (0.22 mL, 2.37 mmole), dropwise. After 30 WO 95133478 PCTlUS95105879 minutes at reflux, cool the reaction mixture, dilute the reaction mixture with CHZCly (45 mL) and wash the reaction mixture with 0.5 N aqueous hydrochloric acid (2 x 35 mL) followed by 25 mL of a mixture of-0.5 N aqueous hydrochloric acid-brine (1:9). Drying (MgS04) and concentration gives the crude product. Flash chromatography (5 x 17 cm silica gel column) eluting with ethyl acetate, followed by recrystallization from diethyl ether gives MDL 105,457 as a white solid. Yield: 49 mg (9%) yield.
TLC Rf = 0.17 (EtOAc).
1HNMR & 7.96 (br s, 1H, NHC=C), 7.89-7.83 (m, 2H, 1/2 aryl), 7.53-7.46 (m, 2H, 1/2 aryl), 6.78 (br d, 1H, J = 8.7 Hz, NH), 4.84 (dd, 1H, J = 6.6, 8.8 Hz, CH), 4.61 (dd, 1H, J =
2.6, 8.0 Hz, CH), 3.97-3.53 (m, 8H), 3.41 (br s, 2H), 3.13 (septet, 1H, J = 6.7 Hz, CHC=C), 2.50-2.39 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.03 and 2.01-1.87 (pr m, 4H), 2.13 (s, 3H, COCH3), 1.11 (d, 6H, J = 6.7 Hz, 2x CH3), 1.06 (d, 3H, J = 6.7 Hz, CH3), 1.02 (d, 3H, J = 6.7 Hz, CH3).
19FNMR S -84.73 (t, J = 3 Hz, CF3), -113.63 (br s, CFA).
MS (CI, CHI) m/z (rel intensity) 675 (MH*, 17), 635(16).
385(100), 121(30).
-57- 219 1 ~- 4 4 Preparation of (E)-N-[(1,1-Dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-L
alanvl-L-alanyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3 3 3-trifluoro-1-(1 ' methylethyl)-1-propenyl]-L-prolinamide (SEQ. ID N0. 2) CH3-i -MDL 45,037 H3 CH3 Method A:__.To a stirred solution of N-[(1,1-Dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-L-alanyl-L-alanyl-N-[3,3,3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-oxopropyl]-L-prolinamide (1.00 g, 1.97 mmole, EP Pat. Appl. Publ. No. 0195212) in CH3CN (5 ml) under Ny atmosphere and cooled to -20°C (dry ice-CC14 bath), is added acetic anhydride (0.56 mL, 5.90 mmole) followed immediately by 4-dimethylaminopyridine (480 mg, 3.93 mmole). After 2 hours at -20°C, the reaction mixture is diluted with CH2C12 (75 mL) and washed with 0.5 h aqueous hydrochloric acid (2 x 50 mL) followed by 50 mL o:
a mixture of 0.5 N hydrochloric acid-brine (1:9). Drying (MgSOy) and concentration gives the crude product. Flash chromatography (6 x 17 cm silica gel column) eluting with ethyl acetate-hexane (85:15) gives MDL 45,037 [0.54 g (508 yield)] as a white solid; mp = 111-114°C (dec).
TLC Rg = 0.35 (EtOAc).
IHNMR & 8.44 (br s, 1H, NHC=C), 7.88 (br d, 1H, J = 6.7 Hz, NH), 5.29 (br d, 1H, J = 7.4 Hz, NH), 4.94-4.82 (m, 1H, CH), 4.75 (dd, 1H, J = 2.8, 8.0 Hz, CH), 4.61-4.45 (m, 1H, CH), 3.79-3.68 and 3.68-3.57 (pr m, 2H, CHZN), 2.70 (septet, 1H, J = 6.9 Hz, CHC=C), 2.36-1.96 (m, 4H), 2.23 (s, 3H, COCH3), 1.44 (s, 9H, O-t-Bu), 1.33 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz, CH3), 1.24 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz, CH3), 1.00 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz, ~3). 0.96 (d, 3H, J = 6.90 Hz, CH3).
13CNMR 8 172.2, 171.9, 171.2, 167.9, 155.7, 139.9, 132.9 (q, J = 35.0 Hz), 119.9 (q, J =.274.5 Hz, CF3), 80.4, 49.5, ' 47.5, 46.2, 30.2, 28.3, 28.25, 27.9, 24.9, 20.1, 20.02, 19.96, 19.1, 19.0, 18.5.
19FNMR 8 -66.04 (s, CF;).
IR (CHC13 film) 3428, 3293, 2980, 2936, 2878, 1788, 1670, 1630, 1460, 1370, 1333, 1244, 1219, 1179, 1141, 1117, 756 cm-1.
MS (CI, CHq) m/z (rel intensity) 551 (MH+, 38), 495(100), 453(18), 452(17), 340(17), 309(52), 284(13), 70(19).
Anal. (CZ4H37F;Nq07) C,H,N.
Mekhod H: To a stirred solution of N-[(1,1-Dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-L-alanyl-L-alanyl-N-[3,3,3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-oxopropyl]-L-prolinamide (254 mg, 0.50 mmole, EP Pat. Appl. Publ. No. 0195212) in pyridine (1.25 mL) under NZ atmosphere and cooled in an ice-water bath is added acetic anhydride (0.47 mL, 5.0 mmole) dropwise. After 26 hours, the reaction mixture is diluted with CH2Clz (45 mL) and the orqanics washed with 0.5 N
aqueous hydrochloric acid (2 x 30 mL) followed by 40 mL of a mixture of 0.5 N aqueous hydrochloric acid-brine (1:9).
Drying (MgS04) and concentration gives crude product [0.32 g, 91% (E)-enol acetate, <3% starting material, 3% (Z)-enol acetate by 19FNMR]. Flash chromatography (3 x 16 cm silica gel column) eluting with ethyl acetate-hexane (4:1) gives MDL 45,037.
The intermediates of the title compounds of examples 6-8, wherein the CFRgRq substituent is -CF3, may all be synthesized from the processes of-scheme L.
W 0 95133478 PCTlITS9S105H79 Scheme L
off HC1'HyN
. ~ CF3 HocValProOH ~ IBCF/Nxl4/CHZCl~
O
H ~ OH
O ~ N ~N~ H
~(~_ N
O ~ CF3 O
' 49 I.(coci)y/oxso/ca2ci2 3. Et3N
O
' H ~
,/0 ~N~~H O
H
p ~ CF3 O
HC1(gj/
EtOAc WO 95133478 PCTIUS95l05879 °- 2~~~844 Scheme L (cont.) _, HCl'HZN ~~ H O
H
O
N ~ CI
O
N I
J ~ « °
o ~ \ H CI
o ~ S , N Iv // \\ p O O
o ~ hl O
~N ~ N~~H o ~' N
o N H
N ~~ H O
o n H N
~3 ~5\N H o I ~N~ o H a ~ H
o N
54 ~ cF3 -61- 2191~~~
Preparation of (E)-N-[4-(4-MOrpholinvlcarbonyl)benzovl]-L
valyl-N-I2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,3-trifluoro-1-(1-methvlethvl)-1 propenvl]-L-prolinamide O
15 MUL lU.i,4b/
Step a: N-[(1,1-Dimethvlethoxy)carbonyl)-L-valvl-N-[3 3 3-trifluoro-2-hydroxy-1-(1-methylethyl)propyl]-L-prolinamide (49) To a stirred solution of Boc-L-Val-L-Pro-OH (2.00 g, 6.36 mmol) in CH3CN (85 mL) under nitrogen atmosphere and cooled, to -18°C is added NMM (0.70 mL, 6.36 mmol) followed by IBCF (0.83 mL, 6.36 mmol). After 15 min, add a light suspension of 48 (a single pair of enantiomers, 1.78 g, 6,36 mmol) and NMM (0.70 mL, 6.36 mmol) in CH3CN (25 mL).
Stir for 3 hours and then allow the reaction mixture to warm to room temperature. Concentrate the reaction mixture and partition the residue between CHZC12 (400 mL) and 0.5 N
aqueous hydrochloric acid (200 mL). The acidic aqueous layer is extracted with additional CHZC12 (100 mL) and the combined organic extracts are washed with 0.5 N aqueous hydrochloric acid, saturated aqueous NaHC03 (2 x 200 mL) and brine (125 mL). Drying (MgS04) and concentration gives crude 49. Trituration with EtyO-hexane and filtration gives 49 (2.41 g (81%), mixture of two diastereomers, ratio x 1:1) as an off-white solid.
1HNMR (DMSO-ds) 8 7.70 (br d, O.SH, NH), 7.39 (br d, O.SH, NH), 6.77 (br d, O.SH, NH), 6.71 (br d, O.SH, NH), 6.39 (d, 0.5H,- OH), 6.36 (d, O.SH, OH), 4.40-4.26 (m, 1H, CH), 4.09-3.94 (m, 2H), 3.94-3.46 (m, 3H), 2.20-1.60 (m, 6H), 1.37 (s, 9H, tBu), 0.98-0.72 (m,. 12H, 4 x CH3).
i9FNMR E -74.04 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, CF3, diastereomer A), -74.14 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, CF3, 3iastereomer B).
MS (DCI, CHq) m/z (rel intensity) 468 (MH+, 40), 412 (92), 368 (100).
Anal. (CZIH3gF3N305) C,H,N.
Step b: N-[(1,1-Dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-L-valyl-N-[3 3 3-trifluro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-oxopropyll-L-prolinamide (50) To a stirred solution of oxalyl chloride (0.3I mL, 3.56 mmol) in CHZC12 (30 mL) cooled to -6D°C is added DMSO (0.51 mL, 7.12 mmol) dropwise. After 6 min, a solution of 49 (1.11 g, 2.37 mmol) in a mixture of CHZCly (5 mL) and DMSO
(3 mL) is slowly added and, 20 min later, Et3N (1.99 mL, 14.25 mmol) is added. The reaction mixture is allowed to warm to room temperature, diluted with CHyCly (100 mL) and washed with 0.5 N aqueous HC1 (2 x 150 mL), and half-saturated aqueous NaHC03 (2 x 100 mL) followed by brine (75 mL). Drying (MgSOq) and concentration gives 50 (1.06 g, 96~, mixture of two diastereomers, ratio -- 1:1) as a white foam.
1HNMR 8 7.98 (br d, 0.6H, NH), 7.61 (br d, O.SH, NH), 5.23 (d, 1H, NH), 4.87-4.79 (m, 1H, CH), 4.74 (dd, O.SH, CH), 4.64 (dd, O.SH, CA), 4.36-4.24 (m, 1H, CH), 3.82-3.68 and 3.65-3.54 (pr m, 2H, CHyN), 2.57-1.76 (m, 6H, CHyCHZ and 2x CH), 1.42 (s, 9H, tBu), 1.10-0.87 (m, 12H, 4x CH3).
19FNMR & -76.94 (s, CF3, diastereomer A), -77.00 (s, CF3, diastereomer B).
MS (DCI, CHq) m/z (rel intensity) 466 (MH+, 58), 410 (100), 390 (17), 366 (1'7).
HRMS (Cy1H35F3N305)(MH+) calcd 466.2529, obsd 466.2507.
WO 95133478 PCTlUS95l05879 -63- 21 ~ 1 ~- 4 4 step c: N-L-valyl-N-(3,3,3-trifluro-1-(1-methylethvl)-2-oxopropvl]-L-prolinamide, Hydrochloride Salt t51) A stirred solution of 50 (1.19 g, 2.56 mmol) is cooled to 0°C and treated with HC1 gas until saturation. The mixture is stirred at 0°C for 30 min and the solvent is removed invacuo to give S1 (1.0 g, 97$, mixture of 2 diastereomers of ketone form and 2 diastereomers of hydrate form, 3:1 ratio of diastereomers and 4:1 ratio of hydrate 1D to ketone) as a white solid.
1HNMR (DMSO-dg) & 8.80 (d, J = 7.15 Hz, O.1H, NH), 8.73 (d, J = 7.15 Ha, 0.2x, NH), 8.14 (bs, 5H), 7.69 (d, J = 10.2 Hz, 1H, NH), 7.52 (d, J = 10.2 Hz, 0.2H, NH), 6.93 (s, 0.3H, OH), 6.90 (s, 0.7H, NH), 6.84 (s, 0.7H, NH), 6.79 (s, 0.3H, NH), 4.75 (series of m, 2H), 4.04-3.91 (series of, m, 3H), 3.73 (m, 2H), 3.47 (m, 2H), 2.34-1.66 (series of m, 6H, 2x ji-CH of Val and CHaCH2), 1.06-0.77 (m, 12H, 4x CH3).
19FNMR (DMSO-d5) 8 -74.84 (s, COCF3), -74.98 (s, COCF3), -80.88 [s, C(OH)ZCF3], -81.10 [s, C(OH)~CF3].
IR (KBr pellet) 3431, 2970, 1647, 1595, 1506, 1471, 1172 cm-1.
MS (DCI, CH4) m/z (rel intensity) 366 (MH+, 100), 267 (48), 197 (20), 169 (25).
HRMS (C15Hy7F;N3O3)(MH+ free amine) calcd 366.2005, obsd 366.1995.
step d: N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-j3,3,3-trifluro-1-(1-methylethvl)-2-oxopropyl]-L-prolinamide (52) To a stirred suspension of 4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)-benzoic acid (1.10 g, 4.68 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (10 mL) is added benzyltriethylammonium chloride (5 mg) and thionyl chloride (4.80 mmol, 0.35 mL) and the mixture is heated to reflux. After 2 hours, cool the reaction solution to room temperature and concentrate inuacuo to give the acid chloride. The acid chloride is dissolved in CH~C12 (10 mL) and added to a solution of 51 (1.00 g, 2.49 mmol) W0 95/33478 PCTlIJS95105879 and NMM (0.82 mL, 7.50 mmol) in CHZClz (10 mL). Stir for 3 hours, dilute with CHZCIz (50 mL) and wash with 0.5 N
aqueous hydrochloric acid (2 x 40 mL), saturated aqueous NaHC03 (2 x 40 mL) and brine (25 mL). Drying (MgS04) and concentration gives crude 52. Purification by flash chromatograpy (i:19, acetone:EtOAc) gives 52 (2:1::LLL:LLD) as a white foam. Yield = 1.20 g (82%).
1HNMR 8 7.85 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H, aryl), 7.76 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 0.33H, NH), 7.47 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H, aryl), 7.34 (d, J =
7.5 Hz, 0.66H, NH), 6.80 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H, NH), 4.86 (m, 2Hj, 4.70 (dd, J = 8Ø 2.13 Hz, 0.33H, CH of Pro), 4.61 (dd, J = 8.3, 3.1 Hz, 0.66H, CH of Pro), 3.91-3.35 (m, lOH), 2.53-I.80 (series of m, 6H, 2x ~3-CH of Val and CHaCH2), 1.12-0.88 (m, 12H, 4x CH3).
19FNMR 8 -76.89 (s, CFg), -76.96 (s, CF3).
MS (DCI, CHq) m/z (rel intensity) 583 (MH+, 20), 317 (10), 267 (100).
HRMS (CZgH3gF3Na06)(MH*) calcd 583.2793, obsd 583.2765.
step e: (E)-N-(4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonvl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,3-trifluro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-propenyl]-L-prolinamide fMDL 103.467) Treatment of 52 with acetic anhydride, according to the general procedure of Example 5, Method A, followed by fla w.
chromatography (eluting with acetone-ethyl acetate (1:9)~
and recrystallization from ethyl acetate-hexane gives MDL
103,467 (38% yield, mp 121-129°C) as fine white needles.
TLC Rp 0.34 (15:85 acetone-EtOAC).
1HNMR 8 8.01 (br s, 1H, NHC=C), 7.89-7.84 (m, 2H, 1/2 aryl).
7.51-7.46 (m, 2H, 1/2 aryl), 6.83 (br d, 1H, J = 8.8 Hz, NHj, 4.87 (dd, 1H, J = 6.3. 8.7 Hz, CH), 4.67 (dd, 1H, J =
2.4, 8.0 Hz, CH), 3.93-3.52 (m, 8H), 3.40 (br s, 2H), 2.72 (septet, 1H, J = 6.9 Hz, CHC=C), 2.55-2.45 (m, 1H), 2.25 (s, 3H, COCH3), 2.23-2.02 (m, 3H), 1.99-1.85 (m, 1H), 1.07 (d, 3H, J = 6.9 Hz, CH3), 1.06 (d, 3H, J = 6.9 Hz, CH3), WO 95133478 PCTlUS95/05879 21~ 1~~~
1.05 (d, 3H, J = 6.9 Hz, CH3), 1.01 (d, 3H, J = 6.7 Hz, ~3 ) 19FNMR 8 -67.30 (s, CF3).
MS (CI, CHq) m/z (rel intensity) 625 (MH+, 90), 414(17), 309(100), 86(35), 85(38).
Anal. (C3pH39F3N407) C,H,N.
Preparation of (E)-N-(4-MOrpholinvlcarbonyl)-L-valvl-N-(2-jacetyloxy)-3 3 3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-propenyl]-L-prolinamide O
H
~N H
N
O ~ ~ O~H3 H3C CHy p MDL 105,070 stepa: N-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)-L-valvl-N-f3.3,3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethvl)-2-oxopropvl]-L-prolinamide (53) To a stirred solution of 51 (430 mg, 1.07 mmol) in CHyCli (35 mL) under argon is added NMM (0.24 mL, 2.14 mmol) followed immediately by 4-morpholinecarbonyl chloride (0.50 mL, 4.28 mmol). After 2.5 hours, the reaction mixture is concentrated to give crude 53. Purification by flash chromatography (20:80::acetone:EtOAC) gives 53 (240 mg, 47%, mixture of 2 diastereomers of ketone form and 2 diastereomers of hydrate form, ratio = 9:9:1:1, respectively) as a white solid.
19FNMR S -76.94 (s, COCF3), -77.01 (s, COCF3), -82.51 (s, C(OH)yCF3], -83.04 [s, C(OH)ZCF3J.
MS (DCI, CH4) m/z (rel intensity) 479 (MH+, 62), 267(43), 213(100), 185(22).
W0 95133478 PCTlUS95105879 ~1~ 1844 HRMS (CZ1H33F3N405) (M+)calcd 478.2403, obsd 478.2401.
step b: (E)-N-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxv)-3,3,3-tri~luoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-propenyl)-L-prolinamide (MDL 105.070) Treatment of 53 with acetic anhydride, according to the general procedure of Example 5, Method A, followed by flash chromatography [eluting with acetone-ethyl acetate (1:9)]
gives MDL 105.070 (6~ yield) as a white solid.
TLC Rp 0.33 (15:85 acetone-EtOAc).
1HNMR 5 8.12 (br s, 1H, NHC=C), 5.12 (br d, 1H, J = 8.5 Hz, NH), 4.68 (dd, 1H, J = 1.6, 7.7 Hz, CH), 4.52 (dd, 1H, J =
6.5, 8.5 Hz, NH), 3.92-3.79 (m, 1H, 1/2 CHZN), 3.75-3.59 (m, 5H, 1/2 CH2N and CHpOCHy), 3:49-3.31 (m, 4H, CHZNCH2), 2.71 (septet, 1H, J = 6.9 Hz, CHC=C), 2.55-2.43 (m, 1H), 2.25 (s, 3H, COCH3), 2.16-1.81 (m, 4H), 1.05 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz, CH;), 1.04 (d, 3H, J = 7.0 Hz, CH3), 1.01 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 'Hz, CH3), 0.96 (d, 3H, J = 6.6 Hz, CH3).
19FNMR 8 -67.33 (s, CF3).
MS (CI, CH4) m/z (rel intensity) 521 (MH+, 59), 501(10), 461(17), 337(10), 309(68), 213(100), 185(22), 114(10), 85(10), 84(15), 70(12).
HRMS (CZ3H3gF3N406) (MH+-) calcd 521.2587, obsd 521.2603.
-67- 219~~~~
Preparation of (E)-N-[4-[(4-Chlorophenyl)sulfonvlamino-carbonyllbenzoyl]-L-valyl-N-(2-(acetyloxv)-3,3.3-trifluoro-I-(1-methylethyl)-1-propenvl]-L-prolinamide O _ i 1 H l v o H
w ~ N N
CI
O
H3C~H3 O
MDL 105,928 H I II
Method A; step a:
N-[4-[(4-Chlorophenyl)sulfonvlaminocarbonyl]benzoyl)-L-valyl-N-[3.3.3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-oxopropyl]-L-prolinamide (54) To a stirred light suspension of 4-[(4-ohlorophenyl)sulfonylaminocarbonyl]benzoic acid (0.68 g, 2.02 mmol; EP Pat. Appl. Publ. No. 0189305 B1) in CH2C12 (18 mL) and DMF (2 mL) under argon is added oxalyl chloride (0.18 mL, 2.02 mmol) dropwise. After 50 minutes, add a solution of 51 (0.81 g, 2.02 mmol) and NMM (1.00 mL, 9.07 mmol) in CHyCly (8 mL). Stir for 3 hours and then pour the reaction mixture into HZO (75 mL) and separate the layers.
The aqueous phase is extracted with additional EtOAc (2 x mL) and the combined organic extracts are washed with 1 N aqueous hydrochloric acid (2 x 30 mL) followed by brine 35 (30 mL). Drying (MgS04) and concentration gives crude 54.
Purification by flash chromatography (gradient (54-74%) of EtOAC in hexane containing 1 % acetic acid] gives 54 [0.96 g (70%), (1:1::LLL:LLD)] as a white solid foam.
~lg~~~~ ,.
1HNMR & 10.40 (br s, 1H, SO2NH), 8.11-8.03 and 7.79-7,71 and 7.68-7.60 and 7.56-7.49 (four m, 8H, 2 x Ar), 7.28-7.13 (m, 2H, 2 x NH), 4.97-4.84 (m, 2H, 2 x CH), 4.67 (dd, 0.5H, a-CH), 4.59 (dd, 0.5H, a-CH), 3.99-3.86 and 3.77-3.61 (pr m, 2H, CHaN), 2.47-1.83 (m, 6H_), 1.14-0.81 (m, 12H, 4 x CH3).
19FNMR & -76.89 (s, CF3, diastereomer A), -76.97 (s, CFg, diastereomer H).
MS (DCI, CHq) m/z (rel intensity) 687 (MH+, 38), 267 (100), 249 (45), 247 (58).
HRMS (C3pH35C1F3NqO~S)(MH+) calcd 687.1867, obsd 687.1841.
step b:
-N-[4-((4-Chlorophenyl)sulfonvlaminocarbonvl]benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3 3 3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-propenyl]-L-prolinamide (MDL 105,928) Treatment of 54 with acetic anhydride, according to the general procedure of Example 5, Method A, followed by flash chromatography [eluting with a gradient (0-0.5%) of acetic .acid in EtOAC] gives the title compound of Example 8.
Method H: Treatment of 54 with acetic anhydride, according to the alternative general procedure of Example 5. Method B, followed by flash chromatography [eluting with a gradient (0-0.5%) of acetic acid in ethyl acetatel gives a 49% yield of the title compound of Example 8.
TLC Rf 0.38 (0.5:99.5 acetic acid-EtOAc) 1HNMR b 10.08 (br s, 1H, NHSOZ), 8.06 (d, 2H, J = 8.0 Hz, aryl), 7.87 (br s, 1H, NHC=C), 7.77 (d, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz, aryl), 7.65 (d, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz, aryl), 7.51 (d, 2H, J = 8.0 Hz, aryl), 7.05 (br d, 1H, J = 7.3 Hz, NH), 4.92 (dd, 1H, J
= 6.7, 7.8 Hz, CH), 4.65 (dd, 1H, J = 1.8, 7.3 Hz, CH), 3.96-3.83 (m, 1H, 1/2 CHZN), 3.76-3.65 (m, 1H; 1/2 CH2N), 2.71 (septet, 1H, J = 6.8 Hz, CHC=C), 2.46-2.34 (m, 1H), 2.25 (s, 3H, COCH3), 2.25-1.89 (m), 1.07 (d, 3H, J = 6.7 Hz, CH3), 1.03 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz, CH3), 1.01 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz, CH;), 0.99 (d, 3H, J = 6-:9 Hz, CH3).
W0 95133478 PCTlUS95l05879 19FNMR & -67.00 (s, CF3).
MS (CI, CHq) mJz (rel intensity)729 (MH+, 100), 709 (10), < 669 (13), 518 (25), 309 (100), 212 (10), 70 (28).
Anal. (C3yH36C1F;N~OeS°lHyO)C,H,N.
ExAMPLE 9 Alternative Preparation of Hoc-Val-CF~CFa CN3_~ O N
\CFZCF3 O
MDL 101,286 A mixture of 288.0 g (l.llmolj of Hoc-Val N-methyl-O-methyl hydroxamic acid and 4.7L of anhydrous Et~O was charged to a 12-L 3-necked flask fitted with a stirrer, thermometer, dry ice condenser, gas dispersion tube and continuous Ny purge. The resulting solution was cooled to -60°C to -65°C. A total of 885.28 (3.60mo1) of CZFSI was added via a gas dispersion tube over about 30 min to the solution of Boc-Val N-methyl-O-methyl hydroxamic acid while maintaining a temperature of about -65°C. Immediately upon completing the gas addition, a total of 2.39L of 1.SM
CH3Li~LiHr in EtyO (3.59mo1) was added over lh maintaining a reaction temperature of -52°C to -58°C. A precipitate formed after about 1/3 of the CB3Li.LiHr had been added but a complete solution was present at the end of the addition.
The resulting solution was stirred at -52°C to -58°C for lh. The reaction was monitored by GC (Rt of MDL 101,286 =
l.3min, Rt of Boc-Val N-methyl-O-methyl hydroxamic acid =
S.lmin) and found to contain 7.2% of Boc-Val N-methyl-O-methyl hydroxamic acid. A total of 255mL (3.47mo1) of acetone was added over about 15 min maintaining a reaction 2~g~~~4 temperature of -52°C to -58°C and the resulting mixture was stirred for 10 min. The mixture was quenched into a 22L
flask containing 4.7L of 0.75M KHSOQ which had been cooled to about 0°C. The organic layer was separated and washed with 3L of HZO. The organic layer was dried using SOOg of MgS04 and filtered to remove the drying agent. The filtrate was concentrated at 40°C/100torr to a semi-solid weiging 409g. The crude material was dissolved in 1.2L of hexane at 45°C and cooled slowly over about 30min to -25°C to -30°C. The solid which crystallized was filtered off and washed with 250mL of hexane at -30°C, The MDL 101,286 obtained was vacuum dried (25°C/100torr) to give 176.78.
The filtrate was concentrated at 35°C/100torr to a residue weighing 153.58. The material was put on a Kugelrohr distillation apparatus and a forerun Was collected up to ' 40°C/0.6torr. The receiver was changed and a total of 100.58 of crude MDL 101,286 was collected at 40°C-60°C/0.6torr. The crude product was dissolved in SOOmL of hexane at about 50°C. The resulting solution was cooled to -30°C. The solid which crystallized was filtered off and washed with 100mL of cold (-30°C) hexane. The product was vacuum dried at 25°C/100torr to give another 68.08 of MDL
101,286 for a total yield of 244.78 (70% yield) which was 99.9% pure by GC.
Anal. Calcd. for ClzHieF5N03 (319.28): C, 45.14, H, 5.68, N, 4.39: Found: C, 45.30, 45.49, H, 5.50. 5.58. N, 4.26, 4.35.
In a further embodiment, the present invention provides a method for the treatment of a patient afflicted with a neutrophil associated inflammatory disease comprising the administration thereto of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I. The term "neutrophil associated inflammatory disease" refers to diseases or conditions characterized by the migration of neutrophils to W095133478 ~ PCT/US9S105879 -~1- 21~1~44 the site of inflammation and its participation in proteolytic degradation of biological matrices. Neutrophil associated inflammatory diseases for which treatment with a compound of formula I will be particularly useful include:
emphysema, cystic fibrosis,. adult respiratory distress syndrome, septicemia, disseminated intravascular coagulation, gout, rheumatoid arthritis, chronic bronchitis and inflammatory bowel disease. Compounds of formula I
which are particularly preferred for the treatment of neutrophil associated inflammatory diseases include:
(E)-N-[4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2 (acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 butenyl]-L-prolinamide (E)-N-[4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-(1-oxopropoxy)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide ao (E)-N-[4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-(2-methyl-1-oxopropoxy)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide (Z)-N-[4-(4-morpholinylcazbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-(2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide (E)-N-[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-L-alanyl-L-alanyl-N-[2 3D (acetyloxy)-3,3,3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-propenyl]-L
prolinamide (E)-N-[4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-propenyl]-L-prolinamide (E)-N-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-propenyl]-L-proiinamide -~2- 2~91~4~4 (E)-N-[4-[(4-chlorophenyl)sulfonylaminocarbonyl]benzoyl]-L
valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 propenyl]-L-prolinamide.
As used herein, the term "patient" refers to a warm blooded animal such as a mammal which is afflicted with a particular inflammatory disease state. It is understood that guinea pigs, dogs, cats, rats, mice, horses, cattle, sheep, and humans are examples of animals within the scope of the meaning of the term.
The term "therapeutically effective amount" refers to an amount which is effective, upon single or multiple dose administration to the patient, in providing relief of symptoms associated with neutrophil associated inflammatory diseases. As used herein, "relief of symptoms" of a respiratory disease refers to a decrease in severity over that expected in the absence of treatment and does not necessarily indicate a total elimination or cure of the disease. In determining the therapeutically effective amount or dose, a number of factors are considered by the attending diagnostician, including, but not limited to: the species of mammal; its siae, age, and general health; the specific disease involved; the degree of or involvement or the severity of the disease; the response of the individual patient; the particular compound administered; the mode of administration; the bioavailability characteristics of the preparation administered; the dose regimen selected; the use of concomitant medication; and other relevant circumstances.
A therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I is expected to vary from about 0.1 milligram per kilogram of body weight per day (mg/kg/day) to about 100 mg/kg/day. Preferred amounts are expected to vary from about 0.5 to about 10 mg/kg/day.
21~ 9~~~
The compounds of this invention are prodrugs of highly potent inhibitors of elastase, particularly human neutrophil elastase or are inhibitors of elastase in their own right.
It is believed that the compounds of this invention exert . their inhibitory effect through inhibition of the enzyme elastase and thereby provide relief for elastase-mediated diseases including but not limited to emphysema, cystic fibrosis, adult rspiratory distress syndrome, septicemia, disseminated intravascular coagulation, gout, rheumatoid ' arthritis, chronic bronchitis and inflammatory bowel disease. However, it is understood that the present invention is not limited by any particular theory or proposed mechanism to explain its effectiveness in an end-use application.
In effecting treatment of a patient afflicted with a disease state described above, a compound of formula I can be administered in any form or mode which makes the compound bioavailable in effective amounts, including oral, aerosol, and parenteral routes. For example, compounds of formula I
can be administered orally, by aerosolization, subcutaneously, intramuscularly, intravenously, transdermally, intranasally, ,rectally, topically, and the like. Oral or aerosol administration is generally preferred. One skilled in the art of preparing formulations can readily select the proper form and mode of administration depending upon the particular characteristics of the compound selected the disease state to be treated, the stage of the disease, and other relevant circumstances.
Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Edition, Mack Publishing Co. (1990).
The compounds can be administered alone or in the form of a pharmaceutical composition in combination with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients, the proportion and nature of which are determined by the solubility and chemical properties of the compound selected, 2191~4~
the chosen route of administration, and standard pharmaceutical practice. The compounds of the invention, while effective themselves, may be formulated and administered in the form of their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, such as for example, acid addition salts, for purposes of stability, convenience of crystallization, increased solubility and the like.
In another embodiment, the present invention provides compositions comprising a compound of formula I in admixture or otherwise in association with one or more inert carriers.
These compositions are useful, for example, as assay standards, as convenient means of making bulk shipments, or as pharmaceutical compositions. An assayable amount of a compound of formula I is an amount which is readily measurable by standard assay procedures and techniques as are well known and appreciated by those skilled in the art.
Assayable amounts of a compound of formula I will generally vary from about D.001% to about 75% of the composition by weight. Inert carriers can be any material which does not degrade or otherwise covalently react with a compound of formula I. Examples of suitable inert carriers are water;
aqueous buffers, such as those which are generally useful in High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) analysis;
organic solvents, such as acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, hexane and the like; and pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients.
More particularly, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I in admixture or otherwise in association with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients. ' The pharmaceutical compositions are prepared in a manner well known in the pharmaceutical art. The carrier or excipient may be a solid, semi-solid, or liquid material 21g984~
which can serve as a vehicle or medium for the active ingredient. Suitable carriers or excipients are well known in the art. The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for oral, parenteral, or topical use and may be administered to the patient in the form of tablets, capsules, suppositories, solution, suspensions, or the like.
The compounds of the present invention may be administered orally, for example, with an inert diluent or with an edible carrier. They may be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the compounds may be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups, wafers, chewing gums and the like. These preparations should contain at least 4% of the compound of the invention, the active ingredient, but may be varied depending upon the particular form and may conveniently be between 4% to about 70% of the weight of the unit. The amount of the compound present in compositions is such that a suitable dosage will-be obtained. Preferred compositions and preparations according to the present invention are prepared so that an oral dosage unit form contains between 5.0-300 milligrams of a compound of the invention.
The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like may also contain one or more of the following adjuvants:
binders such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; excipients such as starch or lactose, disinte-grating agents such as alginic acid, Primogel, corn starch and the like; lubricants such as magnesium stearate or Sterotex; glidants such as colloidal silicon dioxide; and sweetening agents such as sucrose or saccharin may be added or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate or orange flavoring. When the dosage unit form is a capsule, it may contain, in addition to materials of the above type, a liquid carrier such as polyethylene glycol or WO 95133478 PCTlUS95105879 - 2191~~~
a fatty oil.-- Other dosage unit forms may contain other various materials which modify the physical form of the dosage unit, for example, as coatings. Thus, tablets or pills may be coated with sugar, shellac, or other enteric coating agents. A syrup may contain, in addition to the present compounds, sucrose as a sweetening agent and certain preservatives, dyes and colorings and flavors.
Materials used in preparing these various compositions should be pharmaceutically pure and non-toxic in the amounts used.
For the purpose of parenteral therapeutic administra-tion, the compounds of the present invention may be incorporated into a solution or suspension. These preparations should contain at least 0.1~ of a compound of the invention, but may be varied to be between 0.1 and about SO% of the weight thereof. The amount of the inventive compound present in such compositions is such that a suitable dosage will be obtained. Preferred compositions and preparations according to the present invention are prepared so that a parenteral dosage unit contains between 5.0 to 100 milligrams of the compound of the invention.
The compounds of formula I of the present invention may also be administered by aerosol. The term aerosol is used to denote a variety of systems ranging from those of colloidal nature to systems consisting of pressurized packages. Delivery may be by a liquified or compressed gas or by a suitable pump system which dispenses the active ingredients. Aerosols of compounds of formula 1 may be delivered in single phase, bi-phasic, or tri-phasic systems in order to deliver the active ingredient. Delivery of the aerosol includes the necessary container, activators, valves, subcontainers, and the like. Preferred aerosol are able to be determined by one skilled in the art.
The compounds of formula I of this invention may also . be administered topically, and when done sa the carrier may suitably comprise a solution, ointment or gel base. The base, for example, may comprise -one or more of the following: petrolatum. lanolin, polyethylene glycols, bee wax, mineral oil, diluents such as water and alcohol, and emulsifiers and stabilizers. Topical formulations may contain a concentration of the formula-1 or its pharma-ceutical salt from about 0.1 to about 10~ w/v (weight per unit volume).
Some suitable transdermal devices are described in U.S.
Pat. Nos. 3,742,951, 3,797,494, 3,996.934, and 4,031,894.
These devices generally contain a backing member which defihes one of its face surfaces, an active agent permeable adhesive layer defining the other face surface and at least one reservoir containing the active agent interposed between the face surfaces. Alternatively, the active agent may be contained in a plurality of microcapsules distributed throughout the permeable adhesive layer. In either case, the active agent is delivered continuously from the reservoir or microcapsules through a membrane into the active agent permeable adhesive, which is in contact with the skin or mucosa of the recipient. If the active agent is absorbed through the skin, a controlled and predetermined flow of the active agent is administered to the recipient. In the case of microcapsules, the encapsulating agent may also function as the membrane.
In another device for transdermally administering the compounds in accordance with the present invention, the pharmaceutically active compound is contained in a matrix from which it is delivered in the desired gradual, constant and controlled rate. The matrix is permeable to the release of the compound through diffusion or microporous flow. The release is rate controlling. Such a system, which requires no membrane is described in U.S. Pat. No.
_78_ 3,921,636. At least two types of release are possible in these systems. Release by diffusion occurs when the matrix is non-porous. The pharmaceutically effective compound dissolves in and diffuses through the matrix itself.
Release by microporous flow occurs when the pharmaceu-tically effective compound is transported through a liquid phase in the pores of the matrix.
The solutions or suspensions may also include one or more of the following adjuvants: sterile diluents such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine. propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl paraben; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylene diaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. The parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampules. disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
Invivo, the compounds of formula 1 are believed to be converted by esterases to compounds known to be active as human elastase inhibitors. For example, compounds of formula 1 are converted into compounds disclosed in European Pat. Appl. OPI No. 0410411, published January 30, 1991; European Pat. Appl. OPI No. 0195212, published September 24, 1986; European Pat. Appl. OPI No. 0529568, published March 3, 1993. The following examples illustrate the extent of elastase inhibition by selected compounds of Formula 1.
ExAMPLE 10 In yitro Assav of Human Neutrophil Elastase in the Presence of MDL 103.279 and Porcine Liver Esterase Human neutrophil elastase was assayed invitro using N-MeOSuc-Ala-Ala-Pro-Val-p-nitroanilide, available commercially, as substrate. The assay techniques are similar to those described by Mehdi, et al., Biochemicaland Biophysical Research Communications, 166, 595 ( 1990 ) . The assay mixture consisted of partially purified elastase and substrate (0.2 mM) in 0.1 M HEPES (pH 7.5), 0.5 M NaCl, 10%
DMSO and 0.1% Brij 35. The reaction (3.0 mL, in a plastic cuvette) was maintained at 37°C and the hydrolysis of the substrate was followed in the presence of 66 nM of MDL
103,279 and 12.5 units of porcine liver esterase (Sigma Chemical Co., cat. no. E-3128). Enzyme was isolated from human sputum, although recently it has become commercially available. The time course of the reaction was followed ,for 60 min. The extent of inhibition of elastase progressively increased with time with a half-time of approximately 10 min. From the final rate, a Ki of 25 nM
was calculated for the final inhibitory species, presumed to be MDL 101,146 (as disclosed in European Pat. Appl. OPI
No. 0529568, published March 3, 1993). This is consistent with the Ki obtained independently for MDL 101,146. The Ki for MDL 103,279, the prodrug, was estimated from the initial rate to be greater than 2 wM. To rule out interference of the esterase with the elastase assay, or a significant spontaneous (i.e. non-enzymatic) hydrolysis rate of MDL 103,279, the following control experiments, as portrayed in Figure 1, were performed: (A) elastase +
elastase substrate; (B) elastase + elastase substrate +
porcine liver esterase; (C) elastase + elastase substrate + MDL 103,279; as well as (D) elastase + elastase substrate + esterase + MDL 103,279.
W0 95/33478 PC'TIUS95I05879 In vitro Assav of Human Neutrophil Elastase in the Presence of MDL 104,226 and Porcine Liver Esterase Human neutrophil elastase was assayed in vitro in the presence of MDL 104,226 and, the techniques and procedures described in Example 10. The use of MDL 104,226 resulted in the same time course, as is evidenced in Figure 2, line 4, and a final Ki of 25 nM.
to In aitro Assav of Human Neutrophil Elastase in the Presence of MDL 105,658 and Porcine Liver Esterase Human neutrophil elastase was assayed inuitro using MDL
105.658 and the techniques and procedures described in Example 10. The use of MDL 105,658 resulted in the same time course, as is evidenced in Figure 2. line 6. and final Ki (K; = 25 nM) as described above for MDL 103,279.
In Uifro Assay of Human Neutrophil Elastase in the Presence of MDL 105,457 and Porcine Liver Esterase Human neutrophil elastase was assayed in vitro using MDL
105.457 and the techniques and procedures described in Example 10. The use of MDL 105,457 resulted in an onset of inhibition of elastase which was significantly slower than that observed with MDL 103,279, as is evidenced in Figure 2, line 3.
In vitro Assav of Human Neutrophil Elastase in the Presence of MDL 103.467 and Porcine Liver Esterase Human neutrophil elastase was assayed inuitro using 133 nM of MDL 103,467 and the techniques and procedures described in Example 10. Upon complete hydrolysis, the K;
determined from the final rate was 16 nM [compared with 12 nM, the Ki of the parent drug, N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[3,3,3-trifluro-1-PCTlUS95/05879 21g 144 (1-methylethyl)-2-oxopropyl]-L-prolinamide 52, determined independently].
In altro Assay of Human Neutrophil Elastase in the Presence of MDL 105.070 and Porcine Liver Esterase Human neutrophil elastase was assayed in uitro using 1.67 uM of MDL lO5,D70 and the techniques and procedures described in Example 10. Upon complete hydrolysis, the Ki determined from the final rate was 150 nM [compared with 190 nM, the K; for the final product of the parent drug, N-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)-L-valyl-N-[3,3,3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-oxopropylj-L-prolinamide 53, determined independently].
-82- z ~ ~ ~ ~ 4 ~
SEQUENCE LISTING
(1) GENERAL INFORMATION:
(i) APPLICANT:
(A) NAME: MERRELL DOW PHARMACEUTICALS INC.
(B) STREET: 2110 E. GALBRAITH ROAD
(C) CITY: CINCINNATI
(D) STATE: OHIO
(E) COUNTRY: UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
(F) POSTAL CODE (ZIP): 45215 (G) TELEPHONE: 513-948-7960 (H) TELEFAX: 513-948-7961 (I) TELEX: 214320 (ii) TITLE OF INVENTION: ACYLATED ENOL DERIVATIVES AS PRODRUGS OF
ELASTASE INHIBITORS
IS (iii) NUMBER OF SEQUENCES: 15 (iv) COMPUTER READABLE FORM:
(A) MEDIUM TYPE: Floppy disk (B) COMPUTER: IHM PC compatible (C) OPERATING SYSTEM: PC-DOS/MS-DOS
(D) SOFTWARE: PatentIn Release A1.0, Version p1.30 (EPO) (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:1:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids (H) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO: l:
xaa xaa xaa xaa (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:2:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 3 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/xEY: Modified-site W0 95f33478 PCTIUS95I05879 -$3-(H) LOCATION: 1 (D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "tert-butyloxycarbonyl protected"
(ix) FEATURE: , (A) NAME/EEY: Modified-site (B) LOCATION: 3 (D) OTHER INFORMATION:'/note= "Terminal OH is replaced by modified valine analog"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID H0:2:
Xaa Ala Xaa (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:3:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids (H) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: Linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:3:
Xaa Xaa xaa Xaa (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:4:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids (H) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:4:
Xaa Xaa xaa Xaa (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:5:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids (H) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide _ ~?~91~44 (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO: S:
Xaa Xaa xaa Xaa (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:6:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids (H) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:6:
Xaa xaa Xaa Xaa (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:7:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:7:
Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:8:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: lineaz (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO: B:
xaa xaa xaa xaa W O 95133478 PCTlUS95/05879 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:9:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide to (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:9:
Xaa Xaa Xaa %aa (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:10:
[i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids 15 (H) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 2O (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:10:
xaa Xaa xaa xaa I
{2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:11:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
z5 (A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid {D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:11:
Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa (2) INFORMATION FOR S~Q ID N0:12:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids (8) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide WO 95133478 PCTlUS95105879 21~~~44 (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:12:
xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:13:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:13:
Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa 1 _.
(2) INFORMATIDN FOR SEQ ID N0:14:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 2S (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:14:
Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID ND:15:
3O (1) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID H0:15:
Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa
In certain pathological states a-1-PI and SLPI are inactivated by neutrophil oxidative mechanisms allowing the neutrophil proteases to function in an essentially inhibitor-free environment. For example, bronchial lavage fluids from patients with adult respiratory distress syndrome CARDS) have been found to contain active elastase and a-1-PI that had been inactivated by oxidation.
In addition to oxidative mechanisms, neutrophils possess non-oxidative mechanisms for eluding inhibition by antiproteases. Neutrophils from patients with chronic granulomatous disease are capable of degrading endothelial cell matrices in the presence of excess a-1-PI. There is considerable invitro evidence that stimulated neutrophils can tightly bind to their substrates such that serum antiproteases are effectively excluded from the microenvironment of tight cell-substrate contact. The influx of large numbers of neutrophils to an inflammatory site may result in considerable tissue damage due to the proteolysis that occurs in this region.
Applicants have determined that elastase is one of the primary neutrophil proteases responsible for cartilage matrix degeneration as measured by the ability of neutrophil lysate, purified elastase and stimulated neutrophils to degrade cartilage matrix proteoglycan.
Furthermore, applicants have previously discovered peptide derivatives useful as elastase inhibitors, exerting valuable pharmacological activities. For example, peptide derivatives useful as elastase inhibitors wherein the carboxy terminal carboxyl group has been replaced by a pentafluoroethylcarbonyl (-C(O)C2F5)group and in which the amino terminal amino acid is protected by various heterocycle-containing groups such as a 4-morpholinecarbonyl group are disclosed in European Patent Application OPI No. 0529568, inventors Peet et al., with a publication date of March 3, 1993.. Applicants have recently discovered acylated enol derivatives of known elastase inhibitors, such as those disclosed in European Patent Application OPI No. 0529568, which are useful as prodrugs of the known derivatives, or are elastase inhibitors in their own right.
2~g~~~~
-4_ SUMMARY OF T$E INVENTION
The present invention relates to compounds having the following formula 1 K-P4-P3-P2-EAC 1 (SEq. ID N0. 1) wherein EAC is a group of the formulae r'' wok ~t o . R or z Z H
R~
wherein R1 is -CH3. -CH(CH3)z. -C$zCHyCH3, -CHyCH(CH3)z oz -CH(CH3)CHZCH3;
Rz is -H, or is a (C1_g)alkyl, (C3_1z)cycloalkyl, (CS-io)arYl oz (C6_lo)arYl(Ci-s)alkyl;
R3 is -H or -F;
R4 is -H, -F, -CF3, -CFZCF3, -CFyCFZCF3, -C(O)ORS, or -C(O)NRSRg or is a (C1_g)alkyl, (C3_ iz)cYcloalkyl, (C6_lp)aryl or (C6_lp)aryl(C1_ 6)alkyl;
3S RS and R6 are each independently -H, or a (Ci_ g)alkyl, (C3_iz)cycloalkyl, (C6_lp)azyl or (C6_ 10)azYliCi-s)alkyl;
21918~,~
Pa is Ala, bAla, Leu, Ile, Val, Nva, bVal, Met, Nle, Gly Phe, Tyr, Trp, or Nal(1) where the nitrogen of the alpha-amino group can be substituted with an R
group where R is a (Ci_g)alkyl, (C3_12)cycloalkyl, (C3_12)cycloalkyl(C1_6)alkyl, (Cq_11)bicycloalkyl, (C4-11)bicycloalkyl(C1_6)alkyl, (C6_IO)arYl, (C6_ io)arYl(Ct-5)aikyl, (C3_~)heterocycloalkyl, (C3_ 7)heterocycloalkyl(Cl_6)alkyl, (CS_9)heteroaryl, (CS_ g)heteroaryl(C1_6)alkyl, fused (C6_lp)aryl-(C3_ ' ia)cYcloalkyl, fused (C6-io)arYl(C3_ly)cyclo-alkyl(C1_ 6)alkyl, fused (C5_g)heteroaryl(C3_g)cyclo-alkyl, or fused (C5_9)heteroaryl(C3_12)cycloalkyl-(C1_6)alkyl or Pz is Pro, Ind, Tic, Pip, Tca, Pro(4-OHzl), Aze, Pro(4-OAC), Pro(4-OH);
P3 is Ala, bAla, Leu, Ile, Val, Nva, bVal, Met, or Nle or an N-methyl derivative, Pro, Ind, Tic or Tca, or Lys substituted on its epsilon amino group with a morpholino-H-group or Orn substituted on its delta amino group with a morpholino-H-group;
Pq is Ala, bAla, Leu, Ile. Val, Nva, bVal, Met, or Nle or a bond;
K is hydrogen, formyl, acetyl, succinyl, benzoyl, t-butyloxycarbonyl, carbobenzyloxy, tosyl, dansyl, isovaleryl, methoxysuccinyl, 1-adamantanesulphonyl, 1-adamantaneacetyl, 2-carboxybenzoyl, phenylacetyl, t-butylacetyl, bis((1-naphthyl)methyl)acetyl, -C(O)N-(CH3)2, O
~C~ -(CHz?z N
2~g ~~~4 -A-RZ wherein A is -~~-I -N-~~~' -O ~~. or ~~ -: and , Ra is an aryl group containing 6, 10 or 12 carbons suitably substituted by 1 to 3 members selected independently from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, alkyl containing from 1 to 6 carbons, alkoxy containing from 1 to 6 carbons, carboxy, alkylcarbonylamino wherein the alkyl group contains 1 to 6 carbon, 5-tetrazolyl, and acylsulfonamido containing from 1 to 15 carbons, provided that when the acylsulfonamido contains an aryl the aryl may be further substituted by a member selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo and nitro; and such other terminal amino protecting groups which are functionally equivalent thereto, o r -~- B _ Z~O
wherein Z is N or CH, and W 0 95133478 PCTlUS95/05879 -'- ~1918~4 B is a group of the formulae - CR - ~~ ~ I - ~~ - CH - ~ '~
R. R.
C _"~ ~ - SOZ ~ C --~- , 1. 0 O
- C - NH ~- C -~- r - SOZ '~
2C ~~ O
- C __'~- C ~ , o r - C -~- C
(the wavy line ~ being the attachment to the rest of the 2r molecule, i.e., not to Z) and wherein R' is hydrogen or a C1_balkyl group;
or a hydrate, isostere or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, useful as prodrugs of known elastase inhibitors or 3p inhibit elastase in their present form. The compounds of formula 1 thus either exhibit an anti-inflammatory effect useful in the treatment of emphysema, cystic fibrosis, adult respiratory distress syndrome, septicemia, disseminated intravascular coagulation, gout, rheumatoid arthritis, 35 chronic bronchitis and inflammatory bowel disease; or are prodrugs of compounds which exhibit such effects.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Figure 1 illustrates the comparison of time courses of the assay of human neutrophil elastase as described in Example 9, disclosed herein,. using MDL 103,279, over a 60 minute time frame with various controls. The abscissa (x-axis) represents the absorbance due to the formation of the product of the elastase reaction. The ordinate (y-axis) indicates the elapsed time of reaction measured in seconds.
The increase in absorbance with time represents the rate of the elastase reaction. Identity of each time course line is as listed below.
~ elastase + elastase substrate elastase + elastase substrate + esterase elastase + elastase substrate + MDL 103,279 4 elastase + elastase substrate + esterase+ MDL 103,279 Figure 2 illustrates the comparison of time courses of MDL 105,457, MDL 104,226. MDL 105.658. control and control + esterase with MDL 103,279 using the assay of human neutrophil elastase as described in Example 9, disclosed herein. The abscissa and ordinate are defined the same as they are in Figure 1. Identity of each time course line a as listed below.
W0 95133478 PCT/fIS95/05879 2191~~~
_g_ 1 control 2 control + esterase 66 nm MDL 105,457 + esterase 4 66 nm MDL 103,279-02 + esterase 5 66 nm MDL 104,226 + esterase 6 66 nm MDL 105,658 + esterase DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Isosteres of the compounds of formula 1 include those wherein (a) one or more of the a-amino residues of the Pa-Pa substituents are in its unnatural configuration (when there is a natural configuration) or (b) when the normal peptidic amide linkage [-C(=O)NH-] is modified, such as for example, to form -CHyNH- (reduced), -COCHZ- (keto), -CH(OH)CHZ-(hydroxy), -CH(NHZ)CH2- (amino), -CH~CH~- (hydrocarbon), -CH=CH-(alkene). Preferably a compound of the invention should not be in an isosteric form; particularly it is pre-ferred that there be no modified peptidic amide group, but if there is, it is preferable to keep the isosteric modifications to a minimum.
As used herein the term "(C1_g)alkyl" means a straight or branched alkyl group of from 1 to 8 carbon atoms, such as, methyl, ethyl, a-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, sec-pentyl, iso-pentyl, n-hexyl, heptyl and octyl. Similarly, the term "(C1_6)alkyl" means a straight or branched alkyl group of -from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, sec-pentyl, iso-pentyl and n-hexyl. The term "(C3_1z)cycloalkyl" means a cyclic alkyl group consisting of a 3 to 12 member ring which -l~- 21 ~ 1 ~-~ ~
can be substituted by a lower alkyl group, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 4-methylcyclohexyl, 4-ethylcyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. The term "(C3_ly)cycloalkyl(C1_s)alkyl" means a (C1_s)alkyl group substituted by a (C3_lz)cycloalkyl group, such as a cyclohexylmethyl or cyclopentylethyl group. The term "(C4_li)bicycloalkyl" means an alkyl group containing one pair of bridgehead carbon atoms, such as 2-bicyclo(1.1.0)butyl, 2-bicyclo[2.2.1]hexyl, and 1-bicyclo(2.2.2]octane. The term "(C4_11)bicycloalkyl(C1_ s)alkyl" means a (C1_s)alkyl substituted by a (C~_ 11)bicycloalkyl, such as 2-bicyclo-hexylmethyl. The term ~~(Cs-1o)aryl" means a cyclic, aromatic assemblage of conjugated carbon atoms, for example, phenyl, 1-naphthyl, and 2-naphthyl. The term "(Cs_lo)aryl(C1_s)alkyl" means a (C1_s)alkyl substituted by a (Cs_lp)aryl, such as benzyl, phenethyl, and 1-naphthylmethyl. The term "(C3_ 7)heterocycloalkyl" means a nonaromatic, carbon containing cyclic group which contains from 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur, such as morpholinyl and piperidinyl. The term "(Cg_~)heterocycloalkyl(C1_s)alkyl" means a (Cy_s)alkyl group substituted by a (C3_7)heterocycloalkyl group, for example, morpholinomethyl. The term "(C~_y)heteroaryl" means a cyclic or bicyclic, aromatic assemblage of conjugated carbon atoms and from 1 to 3 nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur atoms, for example, pyzidinyl, 2-quinoxalinyl, and quinolinyl. The term "(CS_g)heteroaryl(Cy_s)alkyl" means (Cl_s)alkyl group substituted by a (CS_g)heteroaryl group, such as, 3-quinolinylmethyl. The term "fused (CS-1o)aryl(C3_lZ)cycloalkyl" means a "(C3_1z)cycloalkyl"
group which has one or more sides shared with a "(Cs_lo)aryl" group and can, for example, include groups derived by the fusion of benzene and cyclopentane, that' is 2-indanyl. The term "fused (Cs_lo)aryl(C3_ia)cYcloalkyl(C1_ s)alkyl" means a (C1_s)alkyl substituted by a fused (Cs_ io)arYl(C3_lZ)cycloalkyl group. The term "fused (CS_ CA 02191~84~4 2000-02-16 g)heteroaryl(C3_g)cycloalkyl" means a (C5_g)heteroaryl group which has one or more sides shared with a (C3_e)cycloalkyl group and can, for example, include groups derived by the fusion of cyclohexane and pyridine, that is tetrahydroquinoline. Finally the term "fused (C5_ g)heteroaryl(C3_e)cycloalkyl(C1_6)alkyl" means a (C1_6)alkyl substituted by a fused (C5_g)heteroaryl(C3_g)cycloalkyl group.
Each a-amino acid has a characteristic "R-group", the R-group being the side chain, or residue, attached to the a-carbon atom of the a-amino acid. For example, the R-group side chain for glycine is hydrogen, for alanine it is methyl, for valine it is isopropyl. For the specific R-groups or side chains of the a-amino acids see A.L.
Lehninger, Principles of Biochemistry, pg. 101, 1987, Wor~h Publishers, Inc., New York, NY.
Unless otherwise stated, the a-amino acids of these peptidase substrate analogs are preferably in their L-configuration; however, applicants contemplate that the amino acids of the formula 1 compounds can be of either the D- or L- configurations or.can be mixtures of the D- and L-isomers. including the racemic mixture. The recognized abbreviations for the a-amino acids are set forth in Table I.
WO 95133478 PCTlUS95105879 TABLE I
AMINO ACID SYMBOL
Alanine Ala Glycine Gly Isoleucine Ile Leucine Leu Lysine Lys Phenylalanine Phe Proline pro 1S Tryptophan Trp Tyrosine Tyr Valine Val Norvaline Nva Norleucine Nle 1-Naphthylalanine Nal(1) 2-Indolinecarboxylic acid Ind Sarcosine Sar beta-Alanine bAla beta-Valine bVal Methionine Met 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3- Tic isoquinoline carboxylic acid Thiazolidine-4-carboxylic Tca acid Ornithine Orn Pipecolinic acid pip Azetidine carboxylic acid Aze 4-Hydroxyproline Pro(4-OH) 5 4-Acetoxyproline Pro(4-OAc) 4-Benzyloxyproline pro(4_ OHzl) W0 95133478 PCTIUS95l05879r -13- ~1g 18~~
Preferred embodiments of the subject compounds of the present invention are best realized in the compounds of formula 1 wherein:
R1 is -CH(CH3)2 or -CH2CH2CH3; preferably -CH(CHg)2;
R2 is -H, (C1_g)alkyl, (C3_1.2)cYcloalkyl or (Cs_10)aryl;
preferably -H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, phenyl or benzyl;
R3 is -F;
Rq is -H, -F, -CF3, -C(O)ORg, -C(0)NRSR6, (Cl_g)alkyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl or benzyl;
R5 and R6 are each independently -H, (C1_g)alkyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, or benzyl;
P2 is a Pro, Pip, Aze or Pro(4-OHzl);
P3 is Ile, Val or Ala;
Pq is Ala or a bond;
K is benzoyl, t-butyloxycarbonyl, carbobenzyloxy, isovaleryl, -C(O)N(CH3)2.
O
~~--C~CH~z N
2s 0 o p c-NE+-s) ~ Ci o ar ~H-Z O
wherein Z is N and H is a group of the formulae -14- ~ 1 -~I~- . 'CH-II~ , -II_CH-II~ .
R. R.
1~ 0 0 I
1 ~N~ N
-C-( ( ) )-C~ . or -C-~-C
and wherein R' is hydrogen or a C1_balkyl group.
Specific examples of-preferred compounds include:
(E)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoylj-L-valyl-N-[2 (acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(E)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-(1-oxopropoxy)-1 butenyl)-L-prolinamide;
(E)-N-[4-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-I3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-(2-methyl-1-oxopropoxy)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(Z)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-(2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
W 0 95133478 PCTlfJS95/05879 -IS-. ~1 ~ 1 (E)-N-[(1,1-Dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-L-alanyl-L-alanyl-N-(2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-propenyl]-L-prolinamide; (SEQ. ID NO. 2) (E)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,3-trifluoro-I-(I-methylethyl)-1-propenyl]-L-prolinamide;
1D (E)-N-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3.3,3-trifluoro-I-(1-methylethyl)-1-propenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(E)-N-[4-[(4-Chlorophenyl)sulfonylaminocarbonyl]benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-I-15 propenyl]-L-prolinamide.
(E)-N-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(Z)-N-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(E)-N-[4-(4-MOrpholinylsulfonyl)benxoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(Z)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylsulfonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(E)-N-[3-(3-Pyridyl)propanoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
R'O 95133478 PCTIUS95/05879 (Z)-N-[3-(3-Pyridyl)propanoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(E)-N-[4-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-norvalyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(Z)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-norvalyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(E)-N-[4-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-alanyl-N-(2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl)-L-prolinamide;
(Z)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-alanpl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(E)-N-[4-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenylj-L-2-azetamide;
(Z)-N-[4-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-2-azetamide;
(~)-N-[4-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenylj-D,L-2-pipecolinamide;
(Z)-N-[4-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-(2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-D,L-2-pipecolinamide;
W 0 95133478 PCTlIJS95105879 ~1~ ~~4~
(E)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-traps-4-hydroxyprolinamide;
(Z)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-traps-4-hydroxyprolinamide;
(E)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-traps-4-acetoxyprolinamide;
(Z)-N-[4-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-traps-4-acetoxyprolinamide;
(E)-N-[4-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-traps-4-benzyloxyprolinamide;
(Z)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3.4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-traps-4-benzyloxyprolinamide;
(E)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-D,L-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-isoquinolinamide;
(Z)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(I-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-D,L-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-isoa_uinolinamide;
(E)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4.4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-isoquinolinamide;
(Z)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-isoquinolinamide;
(E)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-4-thiazolidinamide;
(Z)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-4-thiazolidinamide;
(E)-N-[4-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-propyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(Z)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinyicarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-propyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(E)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3-fluoro--1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(Z)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-(2-(acetyloxy)-3-fluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(E)-N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3-difluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
(Z)-N-(4-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-(2-(acetyloxy)-3,3-difluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide;
_lg_ 21 ~ ~ ~ 4 4 In general, the compounds of Formula 1 may be prepared using standard chemical reactions analogously known in the art and as depicted in Scheme A, wherein the terms K, Pq, P3, Py, R1, R2, R; and Rq are as defined in formula 1.
Scheme A
K-P4-P3-Pz-(NH)-CH(Rt)-C(=O}-CFR3 R4 4 IRrC(=0)lz-O 2 or Rz-(C=O)O(C=O}-Rz' 3 O
H H
K P4 P3 Pz N ~~ pCR? ~- K-P4-P3-Pz- N ~~ CFRgRq 1a R~ 0~ ~b R~
(SEQ. ID NO. 3) (SEQ. ID NO. 4) Generally, the acylated enols of formulae la and lb may be formed by reacting the peptide of formula 4 with a suitable symmetrical anhydride 2 or a suitable mixed anhydride 3 (wherein RZ' and Ra are different but are both Rz groups as defined above) in the presence of an amine base, such as the tertiary amines triethylamine and N-methylmorpholine or aromatic amines such as 4-dimethylaminopyridine as well as picolines, collidines and pyridine. The reactants may be contacted in a suitable organic solvent such as acetonitrile, methylene chloride, and the like. The reaction is typically carried out over a period of time ranging from about 30 minutes to about 48 -2~- ~19~~~~
hours at a temperature within the range of from about -40°C
to about 85°C. Generally, temperatures below 0°C provide high ratios of la to _Ib andla may be isolated in its pure form by chromatography or recrystalliaation. Generally, reaction temperatures greater than 0°C provide increasing ratios of lb to la and lb may be isolated by chromatography or recrystallization.
Alternatively, the acylated enols of formulae la and lb may be formed by reacting the peptide of formula _4 with a suitable acid halide of the formula RZ-C(=0)X (X = F, C1, Br. I) in the presence of a weakly basic amine such as the picolines, collidines or pyridine.
European Patent Appl. Publ. No. 0529568 A1 discloses the compounds of formula 4 wherein K is '~-B-Z O
Z is N or CH; B is a group of the formulae O O O O
30 - ~~
C ~ . SOZ ~ C .-~- , - C - NH ~- C -~ , or - SOZ -~-' wherein R' is hydrogen or a C1_6alkyl group; R3 is -F; R4 is -CF3:
R1 is the R-group of the amino acids Ala, bAla, Leu, Ile, Val, Nva, bVal, Met, Nle, Gly, or an N-methyl derivative;
P2 is Ala, bAla, Leu, Ile, Val, Nva, bVal, Met, Nle, Gly, Phe, Tyr, Trp, or Nal(1) where the nitrogen of the alpha-amino group can be substituted with an R group where R is a (C1_6)alkyl, (C3_i2)cYcloalkyl, (C3_ 12)cYcloalkyl(C1_6)alkyl, (C4-ii)bicycloalkyl, (C4_ ii)bicycloalkyl(C1_6)alkyl, (C6_lo)aryl, (~s-~o) aryl(C1_6)alkyl, (C3_~)heterocycloalkyl, (C3_~)heterocycloalkyl(C1_6)alkyl, (CS_9)heteroaryl, (CS_ 9)heteroaryl(C1_6)alkyl, fused (C6-1o)aryl-( C3-i2 ) cycloalkyl, fused ( C6_lo ) aryl ( C3_12 ) cyclo-alkyl ( C1_ 6)alkyl, fused (C5_9)heteroaryl(C3-i2)cyclo-alkyl, or fused ( C5_g ) heteroaryl ( C3_12 ) cycloalkyl- ( C1_6 ) alkyl, or P2 is Pro, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-isoquinoline carboxylic acid (Tic), thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid (Tca), or Ind;
P3 is Ala, bAla, Leu, Ile, Val, Nva, bVal, Met, or Nle or an N-methyl derivative, Pro, Ind, Tic or Tca, or Lys substituted on its epsilon amino group (defined in the reference as the "omega" group) with a morpholino-B-group or Orn substituted on its delta amino group (defined in the reference as the "omega" group) with a morpholino-B-group; and P4 is Ala, bAla, Leu, Ile, Val, Nva, bVal, Met, or Nle or an N-methyl derivative or a bond.
Those compounds of formula 4 defined herein, but not disclosed in European Patent Appl. Publ. No. 0529568 A1, may be prepared by the following synthetic procedures which are well known and appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art.
WO 95133478 PCTlUS95105879 In general, all of the compounds of formula 4 may be prepared using standard chemical reactions analogously known in the art and as depicted in Scheme B.
Scheme B
1o HzN-CH(R~)-C(-O)-CR3 R4 5 Pz, P3, K-P4 Couple K-P4-P3-P2- HN-CH(R~)-C(-O)-CR3 R4 4 f SEQ. ID NO. 5 ) Scheme B rovides a P general synthetic scheme for preparing the compounds of formula 4.
The Py, P3 and K-Pq groups can be linked to the free amino group of the amino acid derivative of structure _5.
Note that structure _5 represents the P1 moiety wherein the free carboxylic acid group has been substituted with a "CR3Rq" moiety as defined above. The PZ, P3 and K-pq can be linked to the unprotected, free amino compound tpi-CR3Rq) by well known peptide coupling techniques. Furthermore, the p1. p2, P3 and K-Pq groups may be linked together in any order as long as the final compound is K-pq-P3-pmpl-CR3Rq.
Foz example, K-Pq can be linked to P3 to give K-Pq-p3 which is linked to Pa-P1-CR3Rq; or K-Pq linked to P3-py then linked .
to an appropriately C-terminal protected P1 and the C-terminal rotectin P g group converted to CR3Rq.
Generally, peptides are elongated by deprotecting the a-amine of the N-terminal residue and coupling the next _23_ suitably N-protected amino acid through a peptide linkage using the methods described. This deprotection and coupling procedure is repeated until the desired sequence is obtained. This coupling can be performed with the constituent amino acids in stepwise fashion, as depicted in Scheme B, or by condensation of fragments (two to several amino acids), or combination of both processes, or by solid phase peptide synthesis according to the method originally described by Merrifield, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1963, 85, 2149-2154. When a solid phase synthetic approach is employed, the C-terminal carboxylic acid is attached to an insoluble carrier (usually polystyrene). These insoluble carriers contain a group which will react with the carboxylic acid group to form a bond which is stable to the elongation conditions but readily cleaved later. Examples of which are: chloro- or bromomethyl resin, hydroxymethyl resin, and aminomethyl resin. Many of these resins are commercially available with the desired C-terminal amino acid already incorporated.
Alternatively, compounds of the invention can be synthesized using automated peptide synthesizing equipment.
In addition to the foregoing, peptide synthesis are described in Stewart and Young, "Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis", 2nd ed., Pierce Chemical Co., Rockford, IL
(1984); Gross, Meienhofer, Udenfriend, Eds., "The Peptides:
Analysis, Synthesis, Biology", Vol 1, 2, 3, 5 and 9, Academic Press, New York, 1980-1987; Bodanszky, "Peptide Chemistry: A Practical Textbook", Springer-Verlag, New York (1988); and Bodanszky, et al. "The Practice of Peptide Synthesis" Springer-Verlag, New York (1984).
Coupling between two amino acids, an amino acid and a peptide, or two peptide fragments can be carried out using standard coupling procedures such as the azide method, mixed carbonic-carboxylic acid anhydride (isobutyl chloroformate) method, carbodiimide (dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, diisopropylcarbodiimide, or water-soluble carbodiimide) method, active ester (p-nitrophenyl ester, N-hydroxy-succinic imido ester) method, Woodward reagent K method, carbonyldiimidazole method, phosphorus reagents such as BOP-C1, or oxidation-reduction methods. Some of these methods (especially the carbodiimide method) can be enhanced by adding 1-hydroxybenzotriazole. These coupling reactions can be performed in either solution (liquid phase) or solid phase.
The functional groups of the constituent amino acids generally must be protected during the coupling reactions to avoid formation of undesired bonds. The protecting groups that can be used are listed in Greene, "Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry", John Wiley & Sons, New York (1981) and "The Peptides: Analysis, Synthesis, Biology", Vol. 3, Academic Press, New York (1981).
The a-carboxyl group of the C-terminal residue is usually, but does not have to be, protected by an ester that can be cleaved to give the carboxylic acid.
Protecting groups which can be used include: 1) alkyl esters such as methyl and t-butyl., 2) aryl esters such as benzyl and substituted benzyl, or 3) esters which can be cleaved by mild base treatment or mild reductive means such as trichloroethyl and phenacyl esters.
The a-amino group of each amino acid to be coupled to the growing peptide chain must be protected. Any protecting group known in the art can be used. Examples of which include: 1) acyl types such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl, phthalyl, and p-toluenesulfonyl; 2) aromatic carbamate types such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz or Z) and substituted benzyloxycarbonyls, 1-(p-biphenyl)-1-WO 95f334?8 PCT/US9510S879 21~1~~~
methylethoxy-carbonyl, and 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc); 3) aliphatic carbamate types such as tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), ethoxycarbonyl, diisopropyl-methoxycarbonyl, and allyloxycarbonyl; 4) cyclic alkyl carbamate types such as cyc,lopentyloxycarbonyl and adamantyloxycarbonyl; 5) alkyl types such as triphenyl-methyl and benzyl; 6) trialkylsilane such as trimethyl-silane; and 7) thiol containing .types such as phenylthio-carbonyl and dithiasuccinoyl. The preferred a-amino protecting group is either Hoc or Fmoc, preferably Boc.
Many amino acid derivatives suitably protected for peptide synthesis are commercially available.
The a-amino protecting group of the newly added amino acid residue is cleaved prior to the coupling of the next amino acid. When the Boc group is used, the methods of choice are trifluoroacetic acid, neat or in dichlozomethane, or HC1 in dioxane or ethyl acetate. The resulting ammonium salt is then neutralized either prior to the coupling or insitu with basic solutions such as aqueous buffers, or tertiary amines in dichloromethane or dimethylformamide. When the Fmoc group is used, the reagents of choice are piperidine oz substituted piperidine in dimethylformamide, but any secondary amine or aqueous basic solutions can be used. The deprotection is carried out at a temperature between 0°C and room temperature.
Any of the amino acid bearing side chain functionalities must be protected during the preparation of the peptide using any of the above-described groups. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the selection and use of appropriate protecting groups for these side chain functionalities depends upon the amino acid and presence of other protecting groups in the peptide. The selection of such protecting groups is important in that it must not be removed during the deprotection and coupling of the a-amino group.
Z'~9 ~~~
For example, when Boc is used as the a.-amino protecting group, the following side chain protecting groups are suitable: p-toluenesulfonyl (tosyl) moieties can be used to protect the amino side chains of amino acids such as Lys and Arg; p-methylbenzyl, acetamidomethyl, benzyl (Bzl), or t-butylsulfonyl moieties can be used to protect the sulfide containing side chains of amino acids such as cysteine; and benzyl (BZl) ether can be used to protect the hydroxy containing side chains of amino acids such as Ser or Thr.
When Fmoc is chosen for the a-amine protection usually tert-butyl based protecting groups are acceptable. For instance, Boc can be used for lysine, tent-butyl ether for serine and threonine and tert-butyl ester for glutamic acid.
Once the elongation of the peptide is completed all of the protecting groups are removed. When a solution phase synthesis is used, the protecting groups are removed in whatever manner is dictated by the choice of protecting groups. These procedures are well known to those skilled in the art.
When a solid phase synthesis is used, the peptide is cleaved from the resin usually simultaneously with the protecting group removal. When the Boc protection scheme is used in the synthesis, treatment with anhydrous HF
containing additives such as dimethyl sulfide, anisole, thioanisole, or p-cresol at 0°C is the preferred method far cleaving the peptide from the resin. The cleavage of the peptide can also be accomplished by other acidic reagents such as trifluoromethanesulfonic acid/ttifluoioacetic acid mixtures. If the Fmoc protection scheme is used the N-terminal Fmoc group is cleaved with reagents described earlier. The other protecting groups and the peptide are -27' cleaved from the resin using a solution of trifluoroacetic acid and various additives such as anisole, etc.
Alternatively, the compounds of formula 4 may be prepared using standard chemical reactions analogously known in the art and as depicted in Scheme C.
Scfieme C
l0 HZN-CH(R~)-CH(OH)-CFR3 R4 6 P2, P3, K-P4 Couple K-P4-P3-PZ- HN-CH(R~)-CH(OH)-CFR3 R4 7 ( SEQ. ID NO. 6 ) Oxidation K-P4-P3-P2- IN-CH(R)-C(=O)-CFR3 R4 4 ( SEQ. ID NO. 5 ) Scheme C provides an alternative general synthetic scheme for preparing the compounds of formula 4.
The Pg, P3 and K-Pq groups can be linked to the free amino group of the amino alcohol derivative of structure _6 as described previously in Scheme H to give the peptido alcohol of structure 7.
The alcohol functionality of the peptido alcohol of structure Z is then oxidized by techniques and procedures well known and appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art, such as a Swern Oxidation using oxalyl chloride and dimethylsulfoxide, to give the compounds of formula 4.
Starting materials for use in Schemes B and C are readily available to one of ordinary skill in the art. For example, amino acids Pz, P3 and K-P4 wherein K is hydrogen are commercially available. In addition, amino protecting group K wherein K is acetyl" succinyl, benzoyl, t-butyloxycarbonyl, carbobenzyloxy, tosyl, dansyl, isovaleryl, methoxysuccinyl, 1-adamantanesulphonyl, 1-adamantaneacetyl, 2-carboxbenzoyl, phenylacetyl, t-butylacetyl, bis [(1-naphthyl)methyl)acetyl or -A-RZ wherein A is -C-, -NH-C-, -O-C- or -S-; and Rz is an aryl group containing 6, 10 or 12 carbons suitably substituted by 1 to 3 members selected independently from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, alkyl containing from 1 to 6 carbons, alkoxy containing from 1 to 6 carbons, carboxy, alkylcarbonylamino wherein the alkyl group contains 1 to 6 carbons, 5-tetrazolyl, and acylsulfonamido (i.e., acylaminosulfonyl and sulfonylaminocarbonyl) containing from 1 to 15 carbons, provided that when the acylsulfonamido contains an aryl the aryl may be further substituted by a member selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo and nitro; and such other terminal amino protecting groups which are functionally equivalent thereto are described in European Patent Application OPI No.
0363284, April 11, 1990. Furthermore, dimethyl carbamoyl chloride is commercially available and O
~~-~CH2)2 N
is available via a literature preparation [J. Amer. Chem.
Soc. (1980), 102, 5530-8] for compounds of formula 1 wherein K is -C(O)N-(CFi3jy, or _29_ O
C (CH2~z N
respectively. Synthetic procedures for converting said compounds into K-P4 substituents are well known and appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art.
Starting amino compounds of formula 5 are readily available to one of ordinary skill in the art. For example, certain protected amino compounds of formula 5 wherein CFR3R4 is -CF3, -CHF2, -CF2C(=0)NHR6' or -CF2C(=O)OR6'(wherein R6' - C1_4 straight or branched alkyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl or benzyl) are described in European Patent Application OPI No. 0195212, inventors Michel Jung et al., with a publication date of September 24, 1986. In addition, amino compounds of formula 5 wherein CFR3R4 is -CF3, -CFy(CHy)tCH3 (wherein t = 2, 3 or 4), or -CFZCF3 are described in European Patent Application OPI No. 0503203, September 16, 1992. Amino compounds of formula _5 wherein CFR3R4 is -CFHZ are described in Hiochem. J. (1987), 241, 871-5. Biochem. J. (1986), 239, 633-40 and United States Patent No. 4,518,528, May 21, 1985. Amino compounds of formula 5 wherein CFR3R4 is -CFZCF3 are described in European Patent Application Publ. No. 0410411, inventors Bey et al., with a publication date of January 30, 1991, as well as in European~Patent Application OPI No. 0529568. inventors Peet et al., with a publication date of March 3, 1993. Likewise, amino compounds of formula 5 wherein CFR3R4 is CF2C(=O)NHR6' (wherein R6' is (C1_6)alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl) are described in International PCT Publication No. WO 92/12123 published July 23, 1992.
_3p_ In addition, other starting materials for use in Schemes H and C may be prepared by the following synthetic procedures which are well known and appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art.
Substituted amino acids K-P4 of structure wherein K is - H - Z O wherein Z is N or CH, and H is a group of the formulae - C- , -CH- C- , - C-CH- C-R~
-C- , -S02 ~ C-~~
~ N or N
- C ~ C- - C ~ C -wherein R' is hydrogen or a C1_6 alkyl group are prepared using standard chemical reactions analogously known in the art.
WO 95133478 PCTlIJS95I05879 The procedure for preparing the substituted amino acids K-Pq wherein K is wherein 8 is a -C(=0)- is outlined in Scheme D wherein Pq and Z are as previously defined or are the functional equivalents of these groups.
_32_ Scheme D
II
o z-c-cl s I
II
O Z -C-P4 _9 Specifically the amino acids K-P~ wherein K is - B - Z 0 wherein H is a -C(=O)- are prepared by coupling of the amino acid K-P4 wherein K is hydrogen with an acid chloride of structure B in the presence of from one to four molar equivalents of a suitable amine which can act as a hydrogen halide acceptor. Suitable amines for use as hydrogen halide acceptors are tertiary organic amines such as tri-(lower alkyl)amines, for example, triethylamine, or aromatic amines such as picolines, collidines, and pyridine. When pyridines, picolines, or collidines are employed, they can be used in high excess and act therefore also as the reaction solvent. Particularly suitable for the reaction is N-methylmorpholine ("NMM"). The cougling reaction can be performed by adding an excess, such as from 1 - 5, preferably about a 4-fold molar excess of the amine and then the acid chloride of structure _8, to asolution of the amino acid K-Pq wherein K is hydrogen. The solvent can be any suitable solvent, for example, petroleum ethers, a WO 95!33478 PCTlUS95/05879 chlorinated hydrocarbon such as carbon tetrachloride, ethylene chloride, methylene chloride, or chloroform; a chlorinated aromatic such as 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene, or _o-dichlorobenzene; carbon disulfide; an ethereal solvent such as diethylether, tetrahydrofuran, or 1,4-dioxane, or an aromatic solvent such as benzene, toluene, or xylene.
Methylene chloride is the preferred solvent for this coupling reaction. The reaction is allowed to proceed for 1D from about 15 minutes to about 6 hours, depending on the reactants, the solvent, the concentrations, and other factors, such as the temperature which can be from about 0°C to about 60°C, conveniently at about room temperature, i.e. 25°C. The N-protected amino acids K-P4 wherein K is -$ -Z 0 wherein H is a -C(=O)- can be isolated from the reaction mixture by 2D any appropriate techniques such as by chromatography on silica gel.
The substituted amino acids K-P4 wherein K is - B - Z~ wherein B is other than a -C(=O)- can be prepared analogously, merely by substituting the appropriate intermediate A-B-Z 0 wherein B is other than a -C(=O)- and A is C1 or OH (the corresponding acid, acid chloride or sulphonyl chloride) for the compound of structure 8 in Scheme D.
-34_ The acid chloride of structure _8 and the appropriate intermediate of formula A - B - Z 0 wherein S is other than a -C(=O)- and A is C1 or OH (the corresponding acid, acid chloride or sulphonyl chloride) are commercially available or may be readily prepared by techniques and procedures well known and appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art.
For example, the appropriate intermediates of formula O O
- C-~ C-N O
may be prepared as outlined in Scheme E wherein all ' substituents are as previously defined.
WO 95133478 PCTlUS95I05879 3~ 21g1~4~
Scheme E
0 O ' Acid-chloride Formation H3C0 - C ~ C - OH
N step a _10 Amidation O o H3C0 - C "~ C - CI
N step b ao 0 0 Hydrolysis H3C0 - C --~ C - N
N ~ step c O O
~
HO- C~ C-N O
N ~ 14 Scheme E provides a general synthetic procedure for preparing the appropriate intermediates of formula WO 95133478 PCTlUS95105879 - C - Z~O wherein Z is as previously defined.
In step a, the carboxylic acid functionality of the appropriate 2,5-pyridinedicarboxylic acid, 2-methyl ester 10 (Nippon Ka$aku Zasshi, 1967, S8, 563) is converted to its acid chloride using techniques and procedures well known and appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art, such as thionyl chloride, to give the corresponding 6-carbomethoxynicotinoyl chloride li.
In step b, the acid chloride 11 is amidated with morpholine 12 by techniques and procedures well known and appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art to give the corresponding 5-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)-2-pyridinecarboxylic acid, methyl ester 13.
In step c, the methyl ester functionality of 13 is hydrolyzed by techniques and procedures well known and appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art, with for example, lithium hydroxide in methanol, to give 5-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)-2-pyridinecarboxylic acid 14.
In addition, the appropriate intermediate of formula O O
N
- C~ C-N O
may be prepared as outlined in Scheme F wherein all substituents are as previously defined.
W 0 95f33478 PCT/US95/05879 Scheme F
2~g~~~~
O o Esterification H3C0 - C ~ C - OH
l0 N step a _10 Amidation H ~ 12 H3C0 - C -'~ C - OC ( CH3 ) 3 N
step b Hydrolysis (CH3)3C0 - C ~ C -N ~ step c HO - C --~(~ C -N
Scheme F provides a general synthetic procedure for preparing the appropriate intermediates of formula O O
N
wherein Z is as previously defined.
In step a, the free carboxylic acid functionality of 2,5-pyridinedicarboxylic acid, 2-methyl ester 10 (Nippon jfagaku -Zasshi, 1967, 88, 563) is converted to its t-butyl ester using techniques and procedures well known and appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art, such as the t-butyl alcohol adduct of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (Synthesis, 1979, 570), to give the corresponding 2,5-pyridinedicarboxylic acid, 2-methyl ester, 5-t-butyl ester 15.
For example, the 2,5-pyridinedicarboxylic acid, 2-methyl ester 10 is combined with a molar excess of the t-butyl alcohol adduct of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide in an appropriate organic solvent, such as methylene chloride.
The reaction is typically conducted at a temperature range of from 0°C to room temperature and for a period of time ranging from 2-24 hours. The 2,5-pyridinedicarboxylic acid, 2-methyl ester, 5-t-butyl ester 15 is isolated from the reaction mixture by standard extractive methods as is known in the art and may be purified by crystallization.
In Step b, the methyl ester functionality of 15 is amidated with mor holine 12 to P give the corresponding 6-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)nicotinic acid, t-butyl ester 16.
For example, the 2,5-pyridinedicarboxylic acid, 2-methyl ester, 5-t-butyl ester 15 is contacted with a molar excess of morpholine in an appropriate organic solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran. The reaction is typically conducted at a temperature range of from room temperature to reflux and for a period of time ranging from 5 hours to -39- 21 g 1 ~~ ~ 4 3 days. The 6-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)nicotinic acid, t-butyl ester 16 is isolated from the reaction mixture by standard extractive methods as is known in the art and may be purified by crystallization.
In step c, the t-butyl ester functionality of 16 is hydrolyzed, with for example, HC1 in nitromethane, to give the corresponding 6-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)nicotinic acid l0 17.
In general, the compounds of formula 4 may be prepared using standard chemical reactions analogously known in the art. For those compounds of formula _4 where CFR3R4 is -CF2H, -CFH2 or -CF3, intermediates for the application of the standard peptide coupling techniques are compounds of formula IIa-b wherein X' is CFR3Rq when CFR3Rq is -CF3, OH O
. R1~X~ R~ X' Ila Ilb -CFH2 or -CF2H, and R1 is as previously defined in formula 1. Similarly, designations P2, P3, P4, and K shown in the foregoing schemes are as defined in formula 1. except that any subgeneric or other modifications thereof are highlighted by the use of a primed symbol with a specific designation for such modified symbol. Note that in scheme G, the designation "X "' is used to denote a subgeneric modification of the CFR3RS group. The preparation and application of these compounds are depicted in scheme G.
' Scheme G
_.
R CO H (X'CO)ZO
1~ 2 A~ R1 . O -~ R1 'IH~NCOR6 ~ (COZH)Z X' to '$ 19 zo off off R \ ~ H- A -~ R1 20 NaBH4 ' l~X' X' HNCOR6 NH'~3A' 6 22 Bas Peptide Ri Ila Coupling KP4P3PaNH
OH
Y \X' 23 (SEQ. ID NO. 7) O
23 Swern ~ Rl ~ R Ho OH
Oxidation ~ x' r'-' 1 X' KP,P3PZNH KPqP3P2NH
24a (SEQ. ID NO. 8) 24b (SEQ. ID NO. 9) wherein R6 is phenyl or other equivalent moiety, and X' is -CF2H or -CF3 . H~ A'emeans an acid. A11 the substituents, unless otherwise indicated, are as previously defined. The reagents and starting materials are readily available to one of ordinary skill in the art.
In general the formation of the substituted azlactones 19 is effected from the N-protected amino acids 18 by standard reaction conditions wherein the amino acid W0 95f33478 PCTIUS95105879 -41_ derivative 18 is heated in the presence of an acid anhydride. The so-produced azlactone 19 is reacted with a di- or trifluoroacetic acid anhydride or acid halide to give a fluorinated intermediate which (with or without isolation) is treated with,anhydrous oxalic acid to produce the N-protected fluorinated ketone 2D whereupon the ketone is chemically reduced to its alcoholic amide 2l. The amide 21 is cleaved under standard acidic conditions to yield its amide-acid salt [e. g.. its hydrochloride 22]. After neutralization, the alcohols IIa may be coupled to KP4P3PZOH
using standard peptide chemistry techniques to produce ' compounds 23 which are subjected to theSwern oxidation procedure to obtain the desired product 24a and 24b (the ketone or hydrate respectively). Alternatively, the alcohols IIa may be oxidized to the ketones IIb which are coupled to KP4P3P20H according to standard peptide chemistry techniques. When employing this alternative route, the amino moiety is first protected with a Boc protecting group, the OH function oxidized to its ketone via Swern oxidation procedures, and then the Hoc protecting group removed and the resulting compounds IIb are the coupled to RPSP3P20H.
Scheme G is also applicable for the preparation of compounds of formula 4 wherein CFR3Rq is -CFZRq' wherein Rq' is (C1_g)alkyl, (C3_12)cycloalkyl, (C6_lo)aryl or (CS_ lo)aryl(C1_6)alkyl, the substituted azlactones 19 being treated with an acid halide in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, followed by 4-dimethylaminopyridine (Tetrahedron Letters, 1986, 4437-4440).
Likewise, scheme G is also applicable for the preparation of compounds of formula 4 wherein CFR3R4 is -CFZCF3, the substituted azlactones 19 being treated with pentafluoropropanoic acid anhydride'or acid halide.
_42- z ~ g ~ ~ ~ ~
An alternate route for the preparation of compounds of formula 4 wherein CFR3Rq - -CFZCF3, is shown in scheme H.
Scheme H
~ ~ cH3 PgNH~OH Stepa~ P9NH-CH~N O-CH3 l0 25 26 Step c Step b KPqP3PaNH-CH N~
~~ ~O CH3 PgNH-CH~CF~CF3 O
27 (SEQ. ID NO. 10) z$
Step b Step d 25 Rl RPqP3PZNH-CH~FZCF3 ~O
30 29 (SEQ. tD NO. 11) The required starting material defined by compound _25 is readily available either commercially or icy applying known prior art principles and techniques. The term "Pg~~ refers 35 to a suitable protecting group as more fully defined previously.
2'~~9~~4 In Scheme H. step a the protected amino acid 25 is transformed into the hydroxamate 24. This amidation can be performed utilizing a coupling reaction as between two amino acids using the protected amino acid 25 and the N-alkyl O-alkylhydroxylamine. The standard cougling reaction can be carried out using standard coupling procedures as described previously for the coupling between two amino acids to provide the hydroxamate 26.
In step b, the protected hydroxamate 26 is transformed into the protected pentafluoroketone 28 [or 291. This reaction can be performed utilizing a reaction of the type described in the following reference M. R. Angelastro. J.P
Burkhart, P. Bey, N. P. Peet, Tetrahedron Letters, 33 (1992), 3265-3268.
In step c, the hydroxamate 26 is deprotected under conditions well known in the art as described by T. H.
Green "Protection Groups in Organic Synthesis", John Wiley and Sons, 1981, Chapter 7, to provide the deprotected hydroxamate. The deprotected hydroxamate is elongated by coupling the next suitably protected amino acid through a peptide linkage using the methods previously described in Scheme G, or by condensation of fragments, or combination of both processes to provide the elongated peptide 27.
In step d, the ketone 28 is deprotected under conditions as previously described. The deprotected ketone 28 is elongated by coupling the next suitably protected amino acid through a peptide linkage using the methods previously described in Scheme G, or by condensation of fragments, of combination of both processes to provide the elongated ketone 29.
Alternatively, the corresponding protected amino acid ester of 25 [i.e. PgNH-CH(R1)C(=O)ORq', 26a, wherein Rq' is as defined above] can be substituted for the hydroxamate 2191~4k~
_44_ 26. The corresponding protected amino acid esters of _25 are commercially available or easily synthesized from 25 by procedures well known by one of ordinary skill in the art.
In step b, the amino acid ester 26a, is transformed into the protected pentafluoroketone 28 [or 291 in a manner ' directly analogous to that used for the corresponding hydroxamate. Steps c and d would be the same as those employed when utilizing the hydroxamate _26.
Sheme H is also applicable for the preparation of compounds of formula 4 wherein CFR3Rq is -CFZCFZCF3 or -CF2CFzCFaCF3, the amino acid ester 26a being alkylated with from 4-8 equivalents of perfluoropropyl iodide or perfluorobutyl iodide in the presence of from 4-8 equivalents of MeLi/LiBr in a suitable anhydrous solvent, such as ether, THF or toluene; the reaction being carried out at reduced temperature of from -100°C to 0°C, preferably from -30°C to -80°C, to provide the protected perfluoropropyl amino ketone and the protected perfluorobutyl amino ketone, respectively. Steps c and d would be the same as those employed when utilizing the hydroxamate 26.
For the preparation of compounds of formula 4 wherein CFR3Rq is CFZC(=O)-NRSRS, wherein RS and R6 are as defined in Formula 1, scheme I may be used.
2191~4~
Scheme I
step a Ri PgN~ CHO z~ CF2~OEt BfCFaCOzEt PgNH
3p 31 step b H~SRe. NH3 CFa~HHR5R6 p' pHR5R6 RP4P3PZNH PgH ~A
20 l step c oa p ~ off Q
33 (SEQ. ID NO. 12) 32 step d l .NHRSR6 KP~P3PZN '~/H
34 (SEQ. ID N0. 13) In effecting the steps of scheme I it is preferred to start with the aldehyde 30 wherein the protecting group is a carbamate preferably wherein Pg is benzyloxycarbonyl, (CBZ). This so-protected aldehyde is subjected to a condensation reaction with an ester of bromodifluoroacetic acid, preferably the ethyl ester in the presence of zinc.
Preferably the reaction is conducted in an anhydrous -46_ aprotic solvent, e.g., tetrahydrofuran, ether, dimethoxy-ethane and the like under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture is gently heated under reflux conditions, preferably to about 60°C for about 1-12 hours. Ester _31 in scheme I is converted to the secondary or tertiary amide _32 by treatment with the corresponding primary amines 35 under anhydrous conditions, preferably using such solvents as THF. The amidation is initiated at 0°C or at room temperature and the reaction mixture might be heated to reflux for completion of -the reaction.
In step c, the so-formed amide 32 is deprotected under conditions well known in the art as described by T.H.
Green, '"Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", John Wiley and Sons, 1981, Chapter 7, to provide the deprotected amide of structure 32. The deprotected amide is elongated by coupling the next suitably protected amine and through a peptide linkage using the methods previously described in scheme H or by condensation of fragments, or by combination of both processes to provide the elongated peptide 33.
In step d the alcohol functionality of the alcohol _33 is then oxidized by techniques and procedures well known and appreciated of one ordinary skill in the art, such as Swern oxidation using oxalyl chloride and dimethyl-sulfoxide, to give the compounds of formula 34.
For the preparation of compounds of formula 4 wherein CFR3R~ is CFyC(=O)-ORS, wherein R5 is as defined in Formula 1, scheme J may be used.
WO 95133478 PCTlUS95105879 21g1~i~4 Scheme J
Rl R
step a ~ Zn CFA ORS
PgNH' \ CHO
BrCFiC~ PgNH
OH O
l0 30 36 1. Deprotect 2. Couple step b g2~OR5 ~4P3p2HH
R ~~ ~H O
i step c 37 (SEQ. ID NO. 14) ~g2~OR5 O
O
38 (SEQ. ID NO. 15) Step a is similar to Scheme I, step a and is applicable to all definitions of Rs. Likewise, scheme J, step b is the same or similar as that employed in scheme I, step c and scheme J, step c is the same or similar as that employed in scheme I, step d.
~1~ 1~~~
All of the amino acids employed in the synthesis of Formula 1 are either commercially available or are easily synthesized. For example, the amino acid derivative Pro(4-OAc) defined in Pa can~be made by esterifying a Pro residue by utilizing techniques well-known by one of ordinary skill in the art.
In addition, amino compounds of structure _5 wherein CFR3Rq is -CHFR4' wherein RQ' is (C1_g)alkyl, (C3_ 1a)cycloalkyl, (C6-lp)aryl or (C6-lo)aryl(Ci_6)alkyl, may be prepared as described in Scheme K wherein all substituents are as previously defined. Note that while the amino group is protected by t-butyloxycarbonyl, other suitable amino protecting groups, as described above, may be substituted by those skilled in the art.
WO 95!33478 PCTlUS95ID5879 Scheme K
l0 Rt Rt 0 I AMIDATION I II
BocNH-CH-CO~H y BocNH-CH-C-N-OCH3 I
39 yep a 4p CH3 ALKYLATION
RQ CH2M 41 Rt O
BocNH-CH-C-CH2R4 step b FLUORINATION
8502-N(F)-502R 43 Rt O
or 44, 45 or 46 I II
BocNH-CH-C-CHFR4 step c 47 DEPROTECTION
HCI gas/EtOAc Rt O
HCI ~ H2NH-CH-C-CHFR4' step d 47a R = CF3, Phenyl M=Li,Mg 45 = 46 =
O /N-F O /N-F
~O ~S~
4~ O
O O (~ ~. r O
219_1 ~,~.~
In step a, the appropriate acid of structure _39 is amidated with N-methyl-N-methoxyamine by techniques and procedures well known and appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art, such as a coupling reaction using 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBT) to give the corresponding amide of structure 40.
In step b, the appropriate amide of structure _40 is alkylated with the appropriate alkyl metal compound of structure 41 to give the corresponding keto compound of structure 42.
For example, the appropriate amide of structure 40 is treated with the alkyl metal compound of structure _41in a suitable aprotic, anhydrous organic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or diethyl ether. The reaction is typically conducted at a temperature range of from -78°C to -40°C and for a period of time ranging from 30 minutes to 5 hours. The corresponding keto compound of structure _42 is recovered from the reaction zone by extractive methods as is known in the art and may be purified by chromatography.
In step c, the appropriate keto compound of structure 42 is fluorinated with the N-fluorosulfonimide compound of structure 43, or the alternative fluorination reagents 44.
45 or 46 to give the protected amino compounds of structure 47 which is the amino compound of structure _5 in which the amino terminal group is substituted with a Boc group and CFR3Rq is -CRFRq'.
For example, the appropriate keto compound of structure 42 is treated withan appropriate non-nucleophilic base, such as lithium diisopropylamide in a suitable anhydrous aprotic organic solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran at a temperature range of from -78°C to -40°C and for a period of time ranging from 5 minutes to 2 hours. The reaction mixture is then treated with the N-WO 95133478 PCTIITS95l05879 fluorosulfonimide compound of structure 42 and the reaction conducted at a temperature range of from -78°C to -40°C and for a period of time ranging from 30 minutes to 10 hours.
The N-t-Boc protected amino compounds of structure _5 wherein CFR3R4 is -CHFR4' is recovered from the reaction zone by extractive methods as is known in the art and may be purified by chromatography.
The following examples present typical syntheses.
These examples are understood to be illustrative only and are not intended to limit the scope of the present invention in any way. As used herein, the following terms have the indicated meanings: "g" refers to grams; "mmol"
refers to millimoles; "mL" refers to milliliters; "bp"
refers to boiling point; "mp" refers to melting point;
'°°C" refers to degrees Celsius; "mm Hg" refers to millimeters of mercury; "uL" refers to microliters; "ug"
refers"to micrograms; and "uM" refers to micromolar; "Et3N"
refers to triethylamine; "CHaCh " refers to methylene chloride; "EtOAc" refers to ethyl acetate; "NMM" refers to N-methylmorpholine; "IBCF" refers to isobutyl chloroformate; "DMF" refers to N,N-dimethylformamide.
Combustion analyses fell-within ~ 0.4~ of the calculated values. NMR spectra were obtained in CDC13 unless otherwise noted. 1H and 13CNMR signals are reported in ppm from tetramethylsilane and 19FNMR signals are reported in ppm from CFC13. Coupling constants are reported in Hertz (Hz).
2191~~4 ExAMPLE 1 Preparation of (E)-N-[4-(4-MOrpholinvlcarbonvl)benzovl]-L-valvl-N-[2-(acetvloxv)-3 3 4 4 4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methvlethvl)-1-butenvl]-L-prolinamide O
CzFS
H
N
O ~ ~ O
H3C CH; 0 ng~. W ;
MDL 103,279 To a stirred solution of N-[4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-oxobutyl]-L-prolinamide (2.00 g, 3.16 mmole, EP Pat. Appl. Publ. No. 0 529 568 A1), Et;N (0.66 mL, 4.74 mmole) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.77 g, 6.32 mmole) in CHZClz (8 mL) under Nz atmosphere and cooled to ~-20°C (dry ice-CC14 bath), add acetic anhydride (0.89 mL, 9.48 mmole), dropwise and over a five (5) minute period. After 1.5 hours at -20°C, dilute the reaction mixture with CHyCly (70 mL) and wash the organics with 0.5 N aqueous hydrochloric acid (2 x 50 mL) followed by 50 mL of a mixture of 0.5 N aqueous hydrochloric acid-brine (1:9). Drying (MgS04) and concentration gives the crude product. The crude product can be recrystallized from ethyl acetate-hexane to provide the title compound as a white crystalline solid (MDL 103,279; 2.25 q, 85% yield, two crops), mp 127-137°C (dec).
TLC Rp 0.34 (1:9 acetone-~tOAC).
iHNMR E 8.02 (br s, 1H, NHC=C), 7.88-7.84 (m, 2H, 1/2 aryl), 7.51-7.46 (m, 2H, 1/2 aryl), 6.85 (br d, 1H, J = 8.9 Hz, W0 95f33478 PCTlUS95I05879 2~9~~~~
NH), 4.87 (dd, 1H, J = 6.3, 8.8 Hz, CA), 4.65 (dd, 1H, J =
2.6, 8.0 Hz, CH), 3.92-3.54 (m, 8H), 3.39 (br s, 2H), 2.73 (septet, 1H, J = 6.9 Hz, CAC=C), 2.52-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.24 (s, 3H, COCH3), 2.25-1.85 (m, 4H), 1.08 (d, 3H, J = 6.9 Hz, CH3), 1.D7 (d, 3H, J = 6.7 Hz, CH3), 1.05 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz, CH3), 1.01 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz, CH3).
lgFNMR 8 -83.55 (s, CF3), -116.50 (br s, CFZ).
MS (CI, CHq) m/z (rel intensity) 675 (MHO', 25), 359(100), 317(75), 262(28), 230(40), 210(22), 70(52).
Anal. (C31H3gF5Nq07) C,H,N.
Preparation of (E)-N-(4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-(1-oxopropoxy)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide O
N
O
H
MDL 104,226 Treatment of N-(4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoylj-L-valyl-N-[3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-oxobutyl]-L-prolinamide with propionic anhydride, using the same general procedure employed in Example 1, and recrystalli.ztion of the crude product from EtOAC gives MDL
104,226 as a white solid. Yield: 69$, mp 138-144°C (dec).
. 35 TLC Rp 0.35 (1:9 acetone-EtOAC).
1HNMR & 8.00 (br s, 1H, NHC=C), 7.88-7.84 (m, 2H, 1/2 aryl), 7.52-7.46 (m, 2H, 1/2 aryl), 6.85 (br d, 1H, J = 8.8 Hz, NH), 4.87 (dd, lA, J = 6.3, 8.8 Hz, CH), 4.65 (dd, 1H, J =
i 2.6, 8.0 Hz, CH), 3.92-3.53 (m,-8H), 3.40 (br s, 2H), 2,71 (septet, 1H, J = 6.9 Hz, CHC=C), 2.52 (q, 2H, J = 7.5 Hz, COCHy), 2.50-2.40 (m, 1H), 2.24-1.85 (m, 4H), 1.22 (t, 3H, J
= 7.5 Hz, CH3), 1.08 (d, 3H, J = 6.9 Hz, CH3), 1.07 (d, 3H, J = 6.5 Hz, CH3), 1.D5 (d, 3A, J = 6.8 Hz, CH3), 1.01 (d, 3H, J = 6.7 Hz. CHg). -19FNMR E -83.57 (s, CF3), -116.27 and -116.55 (AB quartet, J
= 280 Hz, CFZ).
MS (CI, CHq) m/z (rel intensity) 689 (MH+, 17), 414(20), 373 (100), 317(22), 77(54), 75(23), 70(20).
Anal. (C3yHq1F5N40~) C,H,N.
Preparation of (E)-N-[4-(4-MOrpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valvl-N-(3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethvl)-2-(2-methvl-1-oxopropoxv)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide O
O~/
h3< «3 O
MDL 105,658 H3 Treatment of N-[4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[3,3.4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-oxobutyl]-L-prolinamide with isobutyric anhydride, using the same general procedure employed in Example 1, and recrystalliztion of the crude product from EtOAc gives MDL
105,658 as a white solid. Yield: 54~, mp 135-142°C (dec).
TLC Rp 0.34 (1:9 acetone-EtOAc).
W0 95133478 PCTlUS95105879 iHNMR b 7.98 (br s, lA, NHC=C), 7.89-7.84 (m, 2H, 1/2 aryl), 7.51-7.46 (m, 2H, 1/2 aryl), 6.87 (br d, 1H, J = 8.8 Hz, NH), 4.87 (dd, 1H, J = 6.3, 8.8 Hz. CH), 4.65 (dd, 1A, J =
2.6, 8.1 Hz, CH), 3.94-3.55 (m, SH), 3.40 (br s, 2H), 2.74 (septet, 1H, J = 7.0 Hz, COCH), 2.68 (septet, 1H, J = 6.9 Hz, CHC=C), 2.50-2.40 (m, 1H), 2.25-1.86 (m, 4Hj, 1.26 (d, 6H, J = 7.0 Hz, 2x CH3), 1.09 (d, 3H, J = 6.9 Ha, CH3), 1.07 (d, 3A, J = 6.8 Hz. CH3), 1.05 (d, 3H, J = 6.9 Hz, CH3), 1D 1.01 (d, 3H, J = 6.7 Hz, CH3).
i9FNMg $ -83.68 (s, CF3), -116.16 and -116.6b (AB quartet, J
= 282 Hz, CFy).
MS (CI, CH4) m/a (rel intensity) 703 (MH*, 20), 387(56).
317(78), 290(28), 230(35), 91(100), 89(80), 71(9D), 70(80).
Anal. (C33Hq3F5N407) C,H,N.
Preparation of (Z)-N-(4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonvllbenzoyl]-L-valyl-N-(2-(acetvloxy)-3,3,4.4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methvlethvl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide O
O
~ H3 N' 1 H I
MDL 105,457 To a stirred solution of N-[4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-oxobutyl)-L-prolinamide (p,50 g, 0.79 mmole), Et3N (0.16 mL, 1.19 mmole) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.19 g, 1.58 mmole) in CHZClz (2 mL) under NZ atmosphere and heated to reflux, add acetic anhydride (0.22 mL, 2.37 mmole), dropwise. After 30 WO 95133478 PCTlUS95105879 minutes at reflux, cool the reaction mixture, dilute the reaction mixture with CHZCly (45 mL) and wash the reaction mixture with 0.5 N aqueous hydrochloric acid (2 x 35 mL) followed by 25 mL of a mixture of-0.5 N aqueous hydrochloric acid-brine (1:9). Drying (MgS04) and concentration gives the crude product. Flash chromatography (5 x 17 cm silica gel column) eluting with ethyl acetate, followed by recrystallization from diethyl ether gives MDL 105,457 as a white solid. Yield: 49 mg (9%) yield.
TLC Rf = 0.17 (EtOAc).
1HNMR & 7.96 (br s, 1H, NHC=C), 7.89-7.83 (m, 2H, 1/2 aryl), 7.53-7.46 (m, 2H, 1/2 aryl), 6.78 (br d, 1H, J = 8.7 Hz, NH), 4.84 (dd, 1H, J = 6.6, 8.8 Hz, CH), 4.61 (dd, 1H, J =
2.6, 8.0 Hz, CH), 3.97-3.53 (m, 8H), 3.41 (br s, 2H), 3.13 (septet, 1H, J = 6.7 Hz, CHC=C), 2.50-2.39 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.03 and 2.01-1.87 (pr m, 4H), 2.13 (s, 3H, COCH3), 1.11 (d, 6H, J = 6.7 Hz, 2x CH3), 1.06 (d, 3H, J = 6.7 Hz, CH3), 1.02 (d, 3H, J = 6.7 Hz, CH3).
19FNMR S -84.73 (t, J = 3 Hz, CF3), -113.63 (br s, CFA).
MS (CI, CHI) m/z (rel intensity) 675 (MH*, 17), 635(16).
385(100), 121(30).
-57- 219 1 ~- 4 4 Preparation of (E)-N-[(1,1-Dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-L
alanvl-L-alanyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3 3 3-trifluoro-1-(1 ' methylethyl)-1-propenyl]-L-prolinamide (SEQ. ID N0. 2) CH3-i -MDL 45,037 H3 CH3 Method A:__.To a stirred solution of N-[(1,1-Dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-L-alanyl-L-alanyl-N-[3,3,3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-oxopropyl]-L-prolinamide (1.00 g, 1.97 mmole, EP Pat. Appl. Publ. No. 0195212) in CH3CN (5 ml) under Ny atmosphere and cooled to -20°C (dry ice-CC14 bath), is added acetic anhydride (0.56 mL, 5.90 mmole) followed immediately by 4-dimethylaminopyridine (480 mg, 3.93 mmole). After 2 hours at -20°C, the reaction mixture is diluted with CH2C12 (75 mL) and washed with 0.5 h aqueous hydrochloric acid (2 x 50 mL) followed by 50 mL o:
a mixture of 0.5 N hydrochloric acid-brine (1:9). Drying (MgSOy) and concentration gives the crude product. Flash chromatography (6 x 17 cm silica gel column) eluting with ethyl acetate-hexane (85:15) gives MDL 45,037 [0.54 g (508 yield)] as a white solid; mp = 111-114°C (dec).
TLC Rg = 0.35 (EtOAc).
IHNMR & 8.44 (br s, 1H, NHC=C), 7.88 (br d, 1H, J = 6.7 Hz, NH), 5.29 (br d, 1H, J = 7.4 Hz, NH), 4.94-4.82 (m, 1H, CH), 4.75 (dd, 1H, J = 2.8, 8.0 Hz, CH), 4.61-4.45 (m, 1H, CH), 3.79-3.68 and 3.68-3.57 (pr m, 2H, CHZN), 2.70 (septet, 1H, J = 6.9 Hz, CHC=C), 2.36-1.96 (m, 4H), 2.23 (s, 3H, COCH3), 1.44 (s, 9H, O-t-Bu), 1.33 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz, CH3), 1.24 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz, CH3), 1.00 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz, ~3). 0.96 (d, 3H, J = 6.90 Hz, CH3).
13CNMR 8 172.2, 171.9, 171.2, 167.9, 155.7, 139.9, 132.9 (q, J = 35.0 Hz), 119.9 (q, J =.274.5 Hz, CF3), 80.4, 49.5, ' 47.5, 46.2, 30.2, 28.3, 28.25, 27.9, 24.9, 20.1, 20.02, 19.96, 19.1, 19.0, 18.5.
19FNMR 8 -66.04 (s, CF;).
IR (CHC13 film) 3428, 3293, 2980, 2936, 2878, 1788, 1670, 1630, 1460, 1370, 1333, 1244, 1219, 1179, 1141, 1117, 756 cm-1.
MS (CI, CHq) m/z (rel intensity) 551 (MH+, 38), 495(100), 453(18), 452(17), 340(17), 309(52), 284(13), 70(19).
Anal. (CZ4H37F;Nq07) C,H,N.
Mekhod H: To a stirred solution of N-[(1,1-Dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-L-alanyl-L-alanyl-N-[3,3,3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-oxopropyl]-L-prolinamide (254 mg, 0.50 mmole, EP Pat. Appl. Publ. No. 0195212) in pyridine (1.25 mL) under NZ atmosphere and cooled in an ice-water bath is added acetic anhydride (0.47 mL, 5.0 mmole) dropwise. After 26 hours, the reaction mixture is diluted with CH2Clz (45 mL) and the orqanics washed with 0.5 N
aqueous hydrochloric acid (2 x 30 mL) followed by 40 mL of a mixture of 0.5 N aqueous hydrochloric acid-brine (1:9).
Drying (MgS04) and concentration gives crude product [0.32 g, 91% (E)-enol acetate, <3% starting material, 3% (Z)-enol acetate by 19FNMR]. Flash chromatography (3 x 16 cm silica gel column) eluting with ethyl acetate-hexane (4:1) gives MDL 45,037.
The intermediates of the title compounds of examples 6-8, wherein the CFRgRq substituent is -CF3, may all be synthesized from the processes of-scheme L.
W 0 95133478 PCTlITS9S105H79 Scheme L
off HC1'HyN
. ~ CF3 HocValProOH ~ IBCF/Nxl4/CHZCl~
O
H ~ OH
O ~ N ~N~ H
~(~_ N
O ~ CF3 O
' 49 I.(coci)y/oxso/ca2ci2 3. Et3N
O
' H ~
,/0 ~N~~H O
H
p ~ CF3 O
HC1(gj/
EtOAc WO 95133478 PCTIUS95l05879 °- 2~~~844 Scheme L (cont.) _, HCl'HZN ~~ H O
H
O
N ~ CI
O
N I
J ~ « °
o ~ \ H CI
o ~ S , N Iv // \\ p O O
o ~ hl O
~N ~ N~~H o ~' N
o N H
N ~~ H O
o n H N
~3 ~5\N H o I ~N~ o H a ~ H
o N
54 ~ cF3 -61- 2191~~~
Preparation of (E)-N-[4-(4-MOrpholinvlcarbonyl)benzovl]-L
valyl-N-I2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,3-trifluoro-1-(1-methvlethvl)-1 propenvl]-L-prolinamide O
15 MUL lU.i,4b/
Step a: N-[(1,1-Dimethvlethoxy)carbonyl)-L-valvl-N-[3 3 3-trifluoro-2-hydroxy-1-(1-methylethyl)propyl]-L-prolinamide (49) To a stirred solution of Boc-L-Val-L-Pro-OH (2.00 g, 6.36 mmol) in CH3CN (85 mL) under nitrogen atmosphere and cooled, to -18°C is added NMM (0.70 mL, 6.36 mmol) followed by IBCF (0.83 mL, 6.36 mmol). After 15 min, add a light suspension of 48 (a single pair of enantiomers, 1.78 g, 6,36 mmol) and NMM (0.70 mL, 6.36 mmol) in CH3CN (25 mL).
Stir for 3 hours and then allow the reaction mixture to warm to room temperature. Concentrate the reaction mixture and partition the residue between CHZC12 (400 mL) and 0.5 N
aqueous hydrochloric acid (200 mL). The acidic aqueous layer is extracted with additional CHZC12 (100 mL) and the combined organic extracts are washed with 0.5 N aqueous hydrochloric acid, saturated aqueous NaHC03 (2 x 200 mL) and brine (125 mL). Drying (MgS04) and concentration gives crude 49. Trituration with EtyO-hexane and filtration gives 49 (2.41 g (81%), mixture of two diastereomers, ratio x 1:1) as an off-white solid.
1HNMR (DMSO-ds) 8 7.70 (br d, O.SH, NH), 7.39 (br d, O.SH, NH), 6.77 (br d, O.SH, NH), 6.71 (br d, O.SH, NH), 6.39 (d, 0.5H,- OH), 6.36 (d, O.SH, OH), 4.40-4.26 (m, 1H, CH), 4.09-3.94 (m, 2H), 3.94-3.46 (m, 3H), 2.20-1.60 (m, 6H), 1.37 (s, 9H, tBu), 0.98-0.72 (m,. 12H, 4 x CH3).
i9FNMR E -74.04 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, CF3, diastereomer A), -74.14 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, CF3, 3iastereomer B).
MS (DCI, CHq) m/z (rel intensity) 468 (MH+, 40), 412 (92), 368 (100).
Anal. (CZIH3gF3N305) C,H,N.
Step b: N-[(1,1-Dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-L-valyl-N-[3 3 3-trifluro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-oxopropyll-L-prolinamide (50) To a stirred solution of oxalyl chloride (0.3I mL, 3.56 mmol) in CHZC12 (30 mL) cooled to -6D°C is added DMSO (0.51 mL, 7.12 mmol) dropwise. After 6 min, a solution of 49 (1.11 g, 2.37 mmol) in a mixture of CHZCly (5 mL) and DMSO
(3 mL) is slowly added and, 20 min later, Et3N (1.99 mL, 14.25 mmol) is added. The reaction mixture is allowed to warm to room temperature, diluted with CHyCly (100 mL) and washed with 0.5 N aqueous HC1 (2 x 150 mL), and half-saturated aqueous NaHC03 (2 x 100 mL) followed by brine (75 mL). Drying (MgSOq) and concentration gives 50 (1.06 g, 96~, mixture of two diastereomers, ratio -- 1:1) as a white foam.
1HNMR 8 7.98 (br d, 0.6H, NH), 7.61 (br d, O.SH, NH), 5.23 (d, 1H, NH), 4.87-4.79 (m, 1H, CH), 4.74 (dd, O.SH, CH), 4.64 (dd, O.SH, CA), 4.36-4.24 (m, 1H, CH), 3.82-3.68 and 3.65-3.54 (pr m, 2H, CHyN), 2.57-1.76 (m, 6H, CHyCHZ and 2x CH), 1.42 (s, 9H, tBu), 1.10-0.87 (m, 12H, 4x CH3).
19FNMR & -76.94 (s, CF3, diastereomer A), -77.00 (s, CF3, diastereomer B).
MS (DCI, CHq) m/z (rel intensity) 466 (MH+, 58), 410 (100), 390 (17), 366 (1'7).
HRMS (Cy1H35F3N305)(MH+) calcd 466.2529, obsd 466.2507.
WO 95133478 PCTlUS95l05879 -63- 21 ~ 1 ~- 4 4 step c: N-L-valyl-N-(3,3,3-trifluro-1-(1-methylethvl)-2-oxopropvl]-L-prolinamide, Hydrochloride Salt t51) A stirred solution of 50 (1.19 g, 2.56 mmol) is cooled to 0°C and treated with HC1 gas until saturation. The mixture is stirred at 0°C for 30 min and the solvent is removed invacuo to give S1 (1.0 g, 97$, mixture of 2 diastereomers of ketone form and 2 diastereomers of hydrate form, 3:1 ratio of diastereomers and 4:1 ratio of hydrate 1D to ketone) as a white solid.
1HNMR (DMSO-dg) & 8.80 (d, J = 7.15 Hz, O.1H, NH), 8.73 (d, J = 7.15 Ha, 0.2x, NH), 8.14 (bs, 5H), 7.69 (d, J = 10.2 Hz, 1H, NH), 7.52 (d, J = 10.2 Hz, 0.2H, NH), 6.93 (s, 0.3H, OH), 6.90 (s, 0.7H, NH), 6.84 (s, 0.7H, NH), 6.79 (s, 0.3H, NH), 4.75 (series of m, 2H), 4.04-3.91 (series of, m, 3H), 3.73 (m, 2H), 3.47 (m, 2H), 2.34-1.66 (series of m, 6H, 2x ji-CH of Val and CHaCH2), 1.06-0.77 (m, 12H, 4x CH3).
19FNMR (DMSO-d5) 8 -74.84 (s, COCF3), -74.98 (s, COCF3), -80.88 [s, C(OH)ZCF3], -81.10 [s, C(OH)~CF3].
IR (KBr pellet) 3431, 2970, 1647, 1595, 1506, 1471, 1172 cm-1.
MS (DCI, CH4) m/z (rel intensity) 366 (MH+, 100), 267 (48), 197 (20), 169 (25).
HRMS (C15Hy7F;N3O3)(MH+ free amine) calcd 366.2005, obsd 366.1995.
step d: N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-j3,3,3-trifluro-1-(1-methylethvl)-2-oxopropyl]-L-prolinamide (52) To a stirred suspension of 4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)-benzoic acid (1.10 g, 4.68 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (10 mL) is added benzyltriethylammonium chloride (5 mg) and thionyl chloride (4.80 mmol, 0.35 mL) and the mixture is heated to reflux. After 2 hours, cool the reaction solution to room temperature and concentrate inuacuo to give the acid chloride. The acid chloride is dissolved in CH~C12 (10 mL) and added to a solution of 51 (1.00 g, 2.49 mmol) W0 95/33478 PCTlIJS95105879 and NMM (0.82 mL, 7.50 mmol) in CHZClz (10 mL). Stir for 3 hours, dilute with CHZCIz (50 mL) and wash with 0.5 N
aqueous hydrochloric acid (2 x 40 mL), saturated aqueous NaHC03 (2 x 40 mL) and brine (25 mL). Drying (MgS04) and concentration gives crude 52. Purification by flash chromatograpy (i:19, acetone:EtOAc) gives 52 (2:1::LLL:LLD) as a white foam. Yield = 1.20 g (82%).
1HNMR 8 7.85 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H, aryl), 7.76 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 0.33H, NH), 7.47 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H, aryl), 7.34 (d, J =
7.5 Hz, 0.66H, NH), 6.80 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H, NH), 4.86 (m, 2Hj, 4.70 (dd, J = 8Ø 2.13 Hz, 0.33H, CH of Pro), 4.61 (dd, J = 8.3, 3.1 Hz, 0.66H, CH of Pro), 3.91-3.35 (m, lOH), 2.53-I.80 (series of m, 6H, 2x ~3-CH of Val and CHaCH2), 1.12-0.88 (m, 12H, 4x CH3).
19FNMR 8 -76.89 (s, CFg), -76.96 (s, CF3).
MS (DCI, CHq) m/z (rel intensity) 583 (MH+, 20), 317 (10), 267 (100).
HRMS (CZgH3gF3Na06)(MH*) calcd 583.2793, obsd 583.2765.
step e: (E)-N-(4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonvl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,3-trifluro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-propenyl]-L-prolinamide fMDL 103.467) Treatment of 52 with acetic anhydride, according to the general procedure of Example 5, Method A, followed by fla w.
chromatography (eluting with acetone-ethyl acetate (1:9)~
and recrystallization from ethyl acetate-hexane gives MDL
103,467 (38% yield, mp 121-129°C) as fine white needles.
TLC Rp 0.34 (15:85 acetone-EtOAC).
1HNMR 8 8.01 (br s, 1H, NHC=C), 7.89-7.84 (m, 2H, 1/2 aryl).
7.51-7.46 (m, 2H, 1/2 aryl), 6.83 (br d, 1H, J = 8.8 Hz, NHj, 4.87 (dd, 1H, J = 6.3. 8.7 Hz, CH), 4.67 (dd, 1H, J =
2.4, 8.0 Hz, CH), 3.93-3.52 (m, 8H), 3.40 (br s, 2H), 2.72 (septet, 1H, J = 6.9 Hz, CHC=C), 2.55-2.45 (m, 1H), 2.25 (s, 3H, COCH3), 2.23-2.02 (m, 3H), 1.99-1.85 (m, 1H), 1.07 (d, 3H, J = 6.9 Hz, CH3), 1.06 (d, 3H, J = 6.9 Hz, CH3), WO 95133478 PCTlUS95/05879 21~ 1~~~
1.05 (d, 3H, J = 6.9 Hz, CH3), 1.01 (d, 3H, J = 6.7 Hz, ~3 ) 19FNMR 8 -67.30 (s, CF3).
MS (CI, CHq) m/z (rel intensity) 625 (MH+, 90), 414(17), 309(100), 86(35), 85(38).
Anal. (C3pH39F3N407) C,H,N.
Preparation of (E)-N-(4-MOrpholinvlcarbonyl)-L-valvl-N-(2-jacetyloxy)-3 3 3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-propenyl]-L-prolinamide O
H
~N H
N
O ~ ~ O~H3 H3C CHy p MDL 105,070 stepa: N-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)-L-valvl-N-f3.3,3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethvl)-2-oxopropvl]-L-prolinamide (53) To a stirred solution of 51 (430 mg, 1.07 mmol) in CHyCli (35 mL) under argon is added NMM (0.24 mL, 2.14 mmol) followed immediately by 4-morpholinecarbonyl chloride (0.50 mL, 4.28 mmol). After 2.5 hours, the reaction mixture is concentrated to give crude 53. Purification by flash chromatography (20:80::acetone:EtOAC) gives 53 (240 mg, 47%, mixture of 2 diastereomers of ketone form and 2 diastereomers of hydrate form, ratio = 9:9:1:1, respectively) as a white solid.
19FNMR S -76.94 (s, COCF3), -77.01 (s, COCF3), -82.51 (s, C(OH)yCF3], -83.04 [s, C(OH)ZCF3J.
MS (DCI, CH4) m/z (rel intensity) 479 (MH+, 62), 267(43), 213(100), 185(22).
W0 95133478 PCTlUS95105879 ~1~ 1844 HRMS (CZ1H33F3N405) (M+)calcd 478.2403, obsd 478.2401.
step b: (E)-N-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxv)-3,3,3-tri~luoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-propenyl)-L-prolinamide (MDL 105.070) Treatment of 53 with acetic anhydride, according to the general procedure of Example 5, Method A, followed by flash chromatography [eluting with acetone-ethyl acetate (1:9)]
gives MDL 105.070 (6~ yield) as a white solid.
TLC Rp 0.33 (15:85 acetone-EtOAc).
1HNMR 5 8.12 (br s, 1H, NHC=C), 5.12 (br d, 1H, J = 8.5 Hz, NH), 4.68 (dd, 1H, J = 1.6, 7.7 Hz, CH), 4.52 (dd, 1H, J =
6.5, 8.5 Hz, NH), 3.92-3.79 (m, 1H, 1/2 CHZN), 3.75-3.59 (m, 5H, 1/2 CH2N and CHpOCHy), 3:49-3.31 (m, 4H, CHZNCH2), 2.71 (septet, 1H, J = 6.9 Hz, CHC=C), 2.55-2.43 (m, 1H), 2.25 (s, 3H, COCH3), 2.16-1.81 (m, 4H), 1.05 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz, CH;), 1.04 (d, 3H, J = 7.0 Hz, CH3), 1.01 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 'Hz, CH3), 0.96 (d, 3H, J = 6.6 Hz, CH3).
19FNMR 8 -67.33 (s, CF3).
MS (CI, CH4) m/z (rel intensity) 521 (MH+, 59), 501(10), 461(17), 337(10), 309(68), 213(100), 185(22), 114(10), 85(10), 84(15), 70(12).
HRMS (CZ3H3gF3N406) (MH+-) calcd 521.2587, obsd 521.2603.
-67- 219~~~~
Preparation of (E)-N-[4-[(4-Chlorophenyl)sulfonvlamino-carbonyllbenzoyl]-L-valyl-N-(2-(acetyloxv)-3,3.3-trifluoro-I-(1-methylethyl)-1-propenvl]-L-prolinamide O _ i 1 H l v o H
w ~ N N
CI
O
H3C~H3 O
MDL 105,928 H I II
Method A; step a:
N-[4-[(4-Chlorophenyl)sulfonvlaminocarbonyl]benzoyl)-L-valyl-N-[3.3.3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-oxopropyl]-L-prolinamide (54) To a stirred light suspension of 4-[(4-ohlorophenyl)sulfonylaminocarbonyl]benzoic acid (0.68 g, 2.02 mmol; EP Pat. Appl. Publ. No. 0189305 B1) in CH2C12 (18 mL) and DMF (2 mL) under argon is added oxalyl chloride (0.18 mL, 2.02 mmol) dropwise. After 50 minutes, add a solution of 51 (0.81 g, 2.02 mmol) and NMM (1.00 mL, 9.07 mmol) in CHyCly (8 mL). Stir for 3 hours and then pour the reaction mixture into HZO (75 mL) and separate the layers.
The aqueous phase is extracted with additional EtOAc (2 x mL) and the combined organic extracts are washed with 1 N aqueous hydrochloric acid (2 x 30 mL) followed by brine 35 (30 mL). Drying (MgS04) and concentration gives crude 54.
Purification by flash chromatography (gradient (54-74%) of EtOAC in hexane containing 1 % acetic acid] gives 54 [0.96 g (70%), (1:1::LLL:LLD)] as a white solid foam.
~lg~~~~ ,.
1HNMR & 10.40 (br s, 1H, SO2NH), 8.11-8.03 and 7.79-7,71 and 7.68-7.60 and 7.56-7.49 (four m, 8H, 2 x Ar), 7.28-7.13 (m, 2H, 2 x NH), 4.97-4.84 (m, 2H, 2 x CH), 4.67 (dd, 0.5H, a-CH), 4.59 (dd, 0.5H, a-CH), 3.99-3.86 and 3.77-3.61 (pr m, 2H, CHaN), 2.47-1.83 (m, 6H_), 1.14-0.81 (m, 12H, 4 x CH3).
19FNMR & -76.89 (s, CF3, diastereomer A), -76.97 (s, CFg, diastereomer H).
MS (DCI, CHq) m/z (rel intensity) 687 (MH+, 38), 267 (100), 249 (45), 247 (58).
HRMS (C3pH35C1F3NqO~S)(MH+) calcd 687.1867, obsd 687.1841.
step b:
-N-[4-((4-Chlorophenyl)sulfonvlaminocarbonvl]benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3 3 3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-propenyl]-L-prolinamide (MDL 105,928) Treatment of 54 with acetic anhydride, according to the general procedure of Example 5, Method A, followed by flash chromatography [eluting with a gradient (0-0.5%) of acetic .acid in EtOAC] gives the title compound of Example 8.
Method H: Treatment of 54 with acetic anhydride, according to the alternative general procedure of Example 5. Method B, followed by flash chromatography [eluting with a gradient (0-0.5%) of acetic acid in ethyl acetatel gives a 49% yield of the title compound of Example 8.
TLC Rf 0.38 (0.5:99.5 acetic acid-EtOAc) 1HNMR b 10.08 (br s, 1H, NHSOZ), 8.06 (d, 2H, J = 8.0 Hz, aryl), 7.87 (br s, 1H, NHC=C), 7.77 (d, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz, aryl), 7.65 (d, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz, aryl), 7.51 (d, 2H, J = 8.0 Hz, aryl), 7.05 (br d, 1H, J = 7.3 Hz, NH), 4.92 (dd, 1H, J
= 6.7, 7.8 Hz, CH), 4.65 (dd, 1H, J = 1.8, 7.3 Hz, CH), 3.96-3.83 (m, 1H, 1/2 CHZN), 3.76-3.65 (m, 1H; 1/2 CH2N), 2.71 (septet, 1H, J = 6.8 Hz, CHC=C), 2.46-2.34 (m, 1H), 2.25 (s, 3H, COCH3), 2.25-1.89 (m), 1.07 (d, 3H, J = 6.7 Hz, CH3), 1.03 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz, CH3), 1.01 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz, CH;), 0.99 (d, 3H, J = 6-:9 Hz, CH3).
W0 95133478 PCTlUS95l05879 19FNMR & -67.00 (s, CF3).
MS (CI, CHq) mJz (rel intensity)729 (MH+, 100), 709 (10), < 669 (13), 518 (25), 309 (100), 212 (10), 70 (28).
Anal. (C3yH36C1F;N~OeS°lHyO)C,H,N.
ExAMPLE 9 Alternative Preparation of Hoc-Val-CF~CFa CN3_~ O N
\CFZCF3 O
MDL 101,286 A mixture of 288.0 g (l.llmolj of Hoc-Val N-methyl-O-methyl hydroxamic acid and 4.7L of anhydrous Et~O was charged to a 12-L 3-necked flask fitted with a stirrer, thermometer, dry ice condenser, gas dispersion tube and continuous Ny purge. The resulting solution was cooled to -60°C to -65°C. A total of 885.28 (3.60mo1) of CZFSI was added via a gas dispersion tube over about 30 min to the solution of Boc-Val N-methyl-O-methyl hydroxamic acid while maintaining a temperature of about -65°C. Immediately upon completing the gas addition, a total of 2.39L of 1.SM
CH3Li~LiHr in EtyO (3.59mo1) was added over lh maintaining a reaction temperature of -52°C to -58°C. A precipitate formed after about 1/3 of the CB3Li.LiHr had been added but a complete solution was present at the end of the addition.
The resulting solution was stirred at -52°C to -58°C for lh. The reaction was monitored by GC (Rt of MDL 101,286 =
l.3min, Rt of Boc-Val N-methyl-O-methyl hydroxamic acid =
S.lmin) and found to contain 7.2% of Boc-Val N-methyl-O-methyl hydroxamic acid. A total of 255mL (3.47mo1) of acetone was added over about 15 min maintaining a reaction 2~g~~~4 temperature of -52°C to -58°C and the resulting mixture was stirred for 10 min. The mixture was quenched into a 22L
flask containing 4.7L of 0.75M KHSOQ which had been cooled to about 0°C. The organic layer was separated and washed with 3L of HZO. The organic layer was dried using SOOg of MgS04 and filtered to remove the drying agent. The filtrate was concentrated at 40°C/100torr to a semi-solid weiging 409g. The crude material was dissolved in 1.2L of hexane at 45°C and cooled slowly over about 30min to -25°C to -30°C. The solid which crystallized was filtered off and washed with 250mL of hexane at -30°C, The MDL 101,286 obtained was vacuum dried (25°C/100torr) to give 176.78.
The filtrate was concentrated at 35°C/100torr to a residue weighing 153.58. The material was put on a Kugelrohr distillation apparatus and a forerun Was collected up to ' 40°C/0.6torr. The receiver was changed and a total of 100.58 of crude MDL 101,286 was collected at 40°C-60°C/0.6torr. The crude product was dissolved in SOOmL of hexane at about 50°C. The resulting solution was cooled to -30°C. The solid which crystallized was filtered off and washed with 100mL of cold (-30°C) hexane. The product was vacuum dried at 25°C/100torr to give another 68.08 of MDL
101,286 for a total yield of 244.78 (70% yield) which was 99.9% pure by GC.
Anal. Calcd. for ClzHieF5N03 (319.28): C, 45.14, H, 5.68, N, 4.39: Found: C, 45.30, 45.49, H, 5.50. 5.58. N, 4.26, 4.35.
In a further embodiment, the present invention provides a method for the treatment of a patient afflicted with a neutrophil associated inflammatory disease comprising the administration thereto of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I. The term "neutrophil associated inflammatory disease" refers to diseases or conditions characterized by the migration of neutrophils to W095133478 ~ PCT/US9S105879 -~1- 21~1~44 the site of inflammation and its participation in proteolytic degradation of biological matrices. Neutrophil associated inflammatory diseases for which treatment with a compound of formula I will be particularly useful include:
emphysema, cystic fibrosis,. adult respiratory distress syndrome, septicemia, disseminated intravascular coagulation, gout, rheumatoid arthritis, chronic bronchitis and inflammatory bowel disease. Compounds of formula I
which are particularly preferred for the treatment of neutrophil associated inflammatory diseases include:
(E)-N-[4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2 (acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 butenyl]-L-prolinamide (E)-N-[4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-(1-oxopropoxy)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide ao (E)-N-[4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-(2-methyl-1-oxopropoxy)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide (Z)-N-[4-(4-morpholinylcazbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-(2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide (E)-N-[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-L-alanyl-L-alanyl-N-[2 3D (acetyloxy)-3,3,3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-propenyl]-L
prolinamide (E)-N-[4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-propenyl]-L-prolinamide (E)-N-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-propenyl]-L-proiinamide -~2- 2~91~4~4 (E)-N-[4-[(4-chlorophenyl)sulfonylaminocarbonyl]benzoyl]-L
valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 propenyl]-L-prolinamide.
As used herein, the term "patient" refers to a warm blooded animal such as a mammal which is afflicted with a particular inflammatory disease state. It is understood that guinea pigs, dogs, cats, rats, mice, horses, cattle, sheep, and humans are examples of animals within the scope of the meaning of the term.
The term "therapeutically effective amount" refers to an amount which is effective, upon single or multiple dose administration to the patient, in providing relief of symptoms associated with neutrophil associated inflammatory diseases. As used herein, "relief of symptoms" of a respiratory disease refers to a decrease in severity over that expected in the absence of treatment and does not necessarily indicate a total elimination or cure of the disease. In determining the therapeutically effective amount or dose, a number of factors are considered by the attending diagnostician, including, but not limited to: the species of mammal; its siae, age, and general health; the specific disease involved; the degree of or involvement or the severity of the disease; the response of the individual patient; the particular compound administered; the mode of administration; the bioavailability characteristics of the preparation administered; the dose regimen selected; the use of concomitant medication; and other relevant circumstances.
A therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I is expected to vary from about 0.1 milligram per kilogram of body weight per day (mg/kg/day) to about 100 mg/kg/day. Preferred amounts are expected to vary from about 0.5 to about 10 mg/kg/day.
21~ 9~~~
The compounds of this invention are prodrugs of highly potent inhibitors of elastase, particularly human neutrophil elastase or are inhibitors of elastase in their own right.
It is believed that the compounds of this invention exert . their inhibitory effect through inhibition of the enzyme elastase and thereby provide relief for elastase-mediated diseases including but not limited to emphysema, cystic fibrosis, adult rspiratory distress syndrome, septicemia, disseminated intravascular coagulation, gout, rheumatoid ' arthritis, chronic bronchitis and inflammatory bowel disease. However, it is understood that the present invention is not limited by any particular theory or proposed mechanism to explain its effectiveness in an end-use application.
In effecting treatment of a patient afflicted with a disease state described above, a compound of formula I can be administered in any form or mode which makes the compound bioavailable in effective amounts, including oral, aerosol, and parenteral routes. For example, compounds of formula I
can be administered orally, by aerosolization, subcutaneously, intramuscularly, intravenously, transdermally, intranasally, ,rectally, topically, and the like. Oral or aerosol administration is generally preferred. One skilled in the art of preparing formulations can readily select the proper form and mode of administration depending upon the particular characteristics of the compound selected the disease state to be treated, the stage of the disease, and other relevant circumstances.
Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Edition, Mack Publishing Co. (1990).
The compounds can be administered alone or in the form of a pharmaceutical composition in combination with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients, the proportion and nature of which are determined by the solubility and chemical properties of the compound selected, 2191~4~
the chosen route of administration, and standard pharmaceutical practice. The compounds of the invention, while effective themselves, may be formulated and administered in the form of their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, such as for example, acid addition salts, for purposes of stability, convenience of crystallization, increased solubility and the like.
In another embodiment, the present invention provides compositions comprising a compound of formula I in admixture or otherwise in association with one or more inert carriers.
These compositions are useful, for example, as assay standards, as convenient means of making bulk shipments, or as pharmaceutical compositions. An assayable amount of a compound of formula I is an amount which is readily measurable by standard assay procedures and techniques as are well known and appreciated by those skilled in the art.
Assayable amounts of a compound of formula I will generally vary from about D.001% to about 75% of the composition by weight. Inert carriers can be any material which does not degrade or otherwise covalently react with a compound of formula I. Examples of suitable inert carriers are water;
aqueous buffers, such as those which are generally useful in High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) analysis;
organic solvents, such as acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, hexane and the like; and pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients.
More particularly, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I in admixture or otherwise in association with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients. ' The pharmaceutical compositions are prepared in a manner well known in the pharmaceutical art. The carrier or excipient may be a solid, semi-solid, or liquid material 21g984~
which can serve as a vehicle or medium for the active ingredient. Suitable carriers or excipients are well known in the art. The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for oral, parenteral, or topical use and may be administered to the patient in the form of tablets, capsules, suppositories, solution, suspensions, or the like.
The compounds of the present invention may be administered orally, for example, with an inert diluent or with an edible carrier. They may be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the compounds may be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups, wafers, chewing gums and the like. These preparations should contain at least 4% of the compound of the invention, the active ingredient, but may be varied depending upon the particular form and may conveniently be between 4% to about 70% of the weight of the unit. The amount of the compound present in compositions is such that a suitable dosage will-be obtained. Preferred compositions and preparations according to the present invention are prepared so that an oral dosage unit form contains between 5.0-300 milligrams of a compound of the invention.
The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like may also contain one or more of the following adjuvants:
binders such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; excipients such as starch or lactose, disinte-grating agents such as alginic acid, Primogel, corn starch and the like; lubricants such as magnesium stearate or Sterotex; glidants such as colloidal silicon dioxide; and sweetening agents such as sucrose or saccharin may be added or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate or orange flavoring. When the dosage unit form is a capsule, it may contain, in addition to materials of the above type, a liquid carrier such as polyethylene glycol or WO 95133478 PCTlUS95105879 - 2191~~~
a fatty oil.-- Other dosage unit forms may contain other various materials which modify the physical form of the dosage unit, for example, as coatings. Thus, tablets or pills may be coated with sugar, shellac, or other enteric coating agents. A syrup may contain, in addition to the present compounds, sucrose as a sweetening agent and certain preservatives, dyes and colorings and flavors.
Materials used in preparing these various compositions should be pharmaceutically pure and non-toxic in the amounts used.
For the purpose of parenteral therapeutic administra-tion, the compounds of the present invention may be incorporated into a solution or suspension. These preparations should contain at least 0.1~ of a compound of the invention, but may be varied to be between 0.1 and about SO% of the weight thereof. The amount of the inventive compound present in such compositions is such that a suitable dosage will be obtained. Preferred compositions and preparations according to the present invention are prepared so that a parenteral dosage unit contains between 5.0 to 100 milligrams of the compound of the invention.
The compounds of formula I of the present invention may also be administered by aerosol. The term aerosol is used to denote a variety of systems ranging from those of colloidal nature to systems consisting of pressurized packages. Delivery may be by a liquified or compressed gas or by a suitable pump system which dispenses the active ingredients. Aerosols of compounds of formula 1 may be delivered in single phase, bi-phasic, or tri-phasic systems in order to deliver the active ingredient. Delivery of the aerosol includes the necessary container, activators, valves, subcontainers, and the like. Preferred aerosol are able to be determined by one skilled in the art.
The compounds of formula I of this invention may also . be administered topically, and when done sa the carrier may suitably comprise a solution, ointment or gel base. The base, for example, may comprise -one or more of the following: petrolatum. lanolin, polyethylene glycols, bee wax, mineral oil, diluents such as water and alcohol, and emulsifiers and stabilizers. Topical formulations may contain a concentration of the formula-1 or its pharma-ceutical salt from about 0.1 to about 10~ w/v (weight per unit volume).
Some suitable transdermal devices are described in U.S.
Pat. Nos. 3,742,951, 3,797,494, 3,996.934, and 4,031,894.
These devices generally contain a backing member which defihes one of its face surfaces, an active agent permeable adhesive layer defining the other face surface and at least one reservoir containing the active agent interposed between the face surfaces. Alternatively, the active agent may be contained in a plurality of microcapsules distributed throughout the permeable adhesive layer. In either case, the active agent is delivered continuously from the reservoir or microcapsules through a membrane into the active agent permeable adhesive, which is in contact with the skin or mucosa of the recipient. If the active agent is absorbed through the skin, a controlled and predetermined flow of the active agent is administered to the recipient. In the case of microcapsules, the encapsulating agent may also function as the membrane.
In another device for transdermally administering the compounds in accordance with the present invention, the pharmaceutically active compound is contained in a matrix from which it is delivered in the desired gradual, constant and controlled rate. The matrix is permeable to the release of the compound through diffusion or microporous flow. The release is rate controlling. Such a system, which requires no membrane is described in U.S. Pat. No.
_78_ 3,921,636. At least two types of release are possible in these systems. Release by diffusion occurs when the matrix is non-porous. The pharmaceutically effective compound dissolves in and diffuses through the matrix itself.
Release by microporous flow occurs when the pharmaceu-tically effective compound is transported through a liquid phase in the pores of the matrix.
The solutions or suspensions may also include one or more of the following adjuvants: sterile diluents such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine. propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl paraben; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylene diaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. The parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampules. disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
Invivo, the compounds of formula 1 are believed to be converted by esterases to compounds known to be active as human elastase inhibitors. For example, compounds of formula 1 are converted into compounds disclosed in European Pat. Appl. OPI No. 0410411, published January 30, 1991; European Pat. Appl. OPI No. 0195212, published September 24, 1986; European Pat. Appl. OPI No. 0529568, published March 3, 1993. The following examples illustrate the extent of elastase inhibition by selected compounds of Formula 1.
ExAMPLE 10 In yitro Assav of Human Neutrophil Elastase in the Presence of MDL 103.279 and Porcine Liver Esterase Human neutrophil elastase was assayed invitro using N-MeOSuc-Ala-Ala-Pro-Val-p-nitroanilide, available commercially, as substrate. The assay techniques are similar to those described by Mehdi, et al., Biochemicaland Biophysical Research Communications, 166, 595 ( 1990 ) . The assay mixture consisted of partially purified elastase and substrate (0.2 mM) in 0.1 M HEPES (pH 7.5), 0.5 M NaCl, 10%
DMSO and 0.1% Brij 35. The reaction (3.0 mL, in a plastic cuvette) was maintained at 37°C and the hydrolysis of the substrate was followed in the presence of 66 nM of MDL
103,279 and 12.5 units of porcine liver esterase (Sigma Chemical Co., cat. no. E-3128). Enzyme was isolated from human sputum, although recently it has become commercially available. The time course of the reaction was followed ,for 60 min. The extent of inhibition of elastase progressively increased with time with a half-time of approximately 10 min. From the final rate, a Ki of 25 nM
was calculated for the final inhibitory species, presumed to be MDL 101,146 (as disclosed in European Pat. Appl. OPI
No. 0529568, published March 3, 1993). This is consistent with the Ki obtained independently for MDL 101,146. The Ki for MDL 103,279, the prodrug, was estimated from the initial rate to be greater than 2 wM. To rule out interference of the esterase with the elastase assay, or a significant spontaneous (i.e. non-enzymatic) hydrolysis rate of MDL 103,279, the following control experiments, as portrayed in Figure 1, were performed: (A) elastase +
elastase substrate; (B) elastase + elastase substrate +
porcine liver esterase; (C) elastase + elastase substrate + MDL 103,279; as well as (D) elastase + elastase substrate + esterase + MDL 103,279.
W0 95/33478 PC'TIUS95I05879 In vitro Assav of Human Neutrophil Elastase in the Presence of MDL 104,226 and Porcine Liver Esterase Human neutrophil elastase was assayed in vitro in the presence of MDL 104,226 and, the techniques and procedures described in Example 10. The use of MDL 104,226 resulted in the same time course, as is evidenced in Figure 2, line 4, and a final Ki of 25 nM.
to In aitro Assav of Human Neutrophil Elastase in the Presence of MDL 105,658 and Porcine Liver Esterase Human neutrophil elastase was assayed inuitro using MDL
105.658 and the techniques and procedures described in Example 10. The use of MDL 105,658 resulted in the same time course, as is evidenced in Figure 2. line 6. and final Ki (K; = 25 nM) as described above for MDL 103,279.
In Uifro Assay of Human Neutrophil Elastase in the Presence of MDL 105,457 and Porcine Liver Esterase Human neutrophil elastase was assayed in vitro using MDL
105.457 and the techniques and procedures described in Example 10. The use of MDL 105,457 resulted in an onset of inhibition of elastase which was significantly slower than that observed with MDL 103,279, as is evidenced in Figure 2, line 3.
In vitro Assav of Human Neutrophil Elastase in the Presence of MDL 103.467 and Porcine Liver Esterase Human neutrophil elastase was assayed inuitro using 133 nM of MDL 103,467 and the techniques and procedures described in Example 10. Upon complete hydrolysis, the K;
determined from the final rate was 16 nM [compared with 12 nM, the Ki of the parent drug, N-[4-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[3,3,3-trifluro-1-PCTlUS95/05879 21g 144 (1-methylethyl)-2-oxopropyl]-L-prolinamide 52, determined independently].
In altro Assay of Human Neutrophil Elastase in the Presence of MDL 105.070 and Porcine Liver Esterase Human neutrophil elastase was assayed in uitro using 1.67 uM of MDL lO5,D70 and the techniques and procedures described in Example 10. Upon complete hydrolysis, the Ki determined from the final rate was 150 nM [compared with 190 nM, the K; for the final product of the parent drug, N-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)-L-valyl-N-[3,3,3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-oxopropylj-L-prolinamide 53, determined independently].
-82- z ~ ~ ~ ~ 4 ~
SEQUENCE LISTING
(1) GENERAL INFORMATION:
(i) APPLICANT:
(A) NAME: MERRELL DOW PHARMACEUTICALS INC.
(B) STREET: 2110 E. GALBRAITH ROAD
(C) CITY: CINCINNATI
(D) STATE: OHIO
(E) COUNTRY: UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
(F) POSTAL CODE (ZIP): 45215 (G) TELEPHONE: 513-948-7960 (H) TELEFAX: 513-948-7961 (I) TELEX: 214320 (ii) TITLE OF INVENTION: ACYLATED ENOL DERIVATIVES AS PRODRUGS OF
ELASTASE INHIBITORS
IS (iii) NUMBER OF SEQUENCES: 15 (iv) COMPUTER READABLE FORM:
(A) MEDIUM TYPE: Floppy disk (B) COMPUTER: IHM PC compatible (C) OPERATING SYSTEM: PC-DOS/MS-DOS
(D) SOFTWARE: PatentIn Release A1.0, Version p1.30 (EPO) (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:1:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids (H) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO: l:
xaa xaa xaa xaa (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:2:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 3 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/xEY: Modified-site W0 95f33478 PCTIUS95I05879 -$3-(H) LOCATION: 1 (D) OTHER INFORMATION: /note= "tert-butyloxycarbonyl protected"
(ix) FEATURE: , (A) NAME/EEY: Modified-site (B) LOCATION: 3 (D) OTHER INFORMATION:'/note= "Terminal OH is replaced by modified valine analog"
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID H0:2:
Xaa Ala Xaa (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:3:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids (H) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: Linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:3:
Xaa Xaa xaa Xaa (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:4:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids (H) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:4:
Xaa Xaa xaa Xaa (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:5:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids (H) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide _ ~?~91~44 (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO: S:
Xaa Xaa xaa Xaa (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:6:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids (H) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:6:
Xaa xaa Xaa Xaa (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:7:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:7:
Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:8:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: lineaz (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO: B:
xaa xaa xaa xaa W O 95133478 PCTlUS95/05879 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:9:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide to (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:9:
Xaa Xaa Xaa %aa (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:10:
[i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids 15 (H) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 2O (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:10:
xaa Xaa xaa xaa I
{2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:11:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
z5 (A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid {D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:11:
Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa (2) INFORMATION FOR S~Q ID N0:12:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids (8) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide WO 95133478 PCTlUS95105879 21~~~44 (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:12:
xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:13:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:13:
Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa 1 _.
(2) INFORMATIDN FOR SEQ ID N0:14:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 2S (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:14:
Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID ND:15:
3O (1) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 4 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID H0:15:
Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa
Claims (21)
1. A compound of the formula K~P4~P3~P2~EAC (SEQ. ID NO. 1) wherein EAC is a group of the formulae wherein R1 is -CH3, -CH(CH3)2, -CH2CH2CH3, -CH2CH(CH3)2 or -CH(CH3)CH2CH3;
R2 is -H, or is a (C1-8)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, (C6-10)aryl or (C6-10)aryl(C1-6)alkyl;
R3 is -H or -F;
R4 is -H, -F, -CF3, -CF2CF3, -CF2CF2CF3, -C(O)OR5, or -C(O)NR5R6 or is a (C1-8)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, (C6-10)aryl or (C6-10)aryl(C1-6)alkyl;
R5 and R6 are each independently -H, or a (C1-8)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, (C6-10)aryl or (C6-10)aryl(C1-6)alkyl;
P2 is Ala, bAla, Leu, Ile, Val, Nva, bVal, Met, Nle, Gly Phe, Tyr, Trp, or Nal(1) where the nitrogen of the alpha-amino group can be substituted with an R
group where R is a (C1-8)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-6)alkyl, (C4-11)bicycloalkyl, (C4-11)bicycloalkyl(C1-6)alkyl, (C6-10)aryl, (C6-10)aryl(C1-6)alkyl, (C3-7)heterocycloalkyl, (C3-7)heterocycloalkyl(C1-6)alkyl, (C5-9)heteroaryl, (C5-9)heteroaryl(C1-6)alkyl, fused (C6-10)aryl-(C3-12)cycloalkyl, fused (C6-10)aryl(C3-12)cyclo-alkyl(C1-6)alkyl, fused (C5-9)heteroaryl(C3-8)cyclo-alkyl, or fused (C5-9)heteroaryl(C3-12)cycloalkyl-(C1-6)alkyl or P2 is Pro, Ind, Tic, Pip, Tca, Pro(4-OBzl), Aze, Pro(4-OAc), Pro(4-OH);
P3 is Ala, bAla, Leu, Ile, Val, Nva, bVal, Met, or Nle or an N-methyl derivative, Pro, Ind, Tic or Tca, or Lys substituted on its epsilon amino group with a morpholino-B-group or Orn substituted on its delta amino group with a morpholino-B-group;
P4 is Ala, bAla, Leu, Ile, Val, Nva, bVal, Met, or Nle or a bond;
K is hydrogen, formyl, acetyl, succinyl, benzoyl, t-butyloxycarbonyl, carbobenzyloxy, tosyl, dansyl, isovaleryl, methoxysuccinyl, 1-adamantanesulphonyl, 1-adamantaneacetyl, 2-carboxybenzoyl, phenylacetyl, t-butylacetyl, bis((1-naphthyl)methyl)acetyl, -C(O)N-(CH3)2, -A-RZ wherein A is and Rz is an aryl group containing 6, 10 or 12 carbons suitably substituted by 1 to 3 members selected independently from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, alkyl containing from 1 to 6 carbons, alkoxy containing from 1 to 6 carbons, carboxy, alkylcarbonylamino wherein the alkyl group contains 1 to 6 carbons, 5-tetrazolyl, and acylsulfonamido containing from 1 to 15 carbons, provided that when the acylsulfonamido contains an aryl the aryl may be further substituted by a member selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo and nitro; and such other terminal amino protecting groups which are functionally equivalent thereto.
or wherein Z is N or CH, and B is a group of the formulae and wherein R' is hydrogen or a C1-6alkyl group;
or a hydrate, isostere or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
R2 is -H, or is a (C1-8)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, (C6-10)aryl or (C6-10)aryl(C1-6)alkyl;
R3 is -H or -F;
R4 is -H, -F, -CF3, -CF2CF3, -CF2CF2CF3, -C(O)OR5, or -C(O)NR5R6 or is a (C1-8)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, (C6-10)aryl or (C6-10)aryl(C1-6)alkyl;
R5 and R6 are each independently -H, or a (C1-8)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, (C6-10)aryl or (C6-10)aryl(C1-6)alkyl;
P2 is Ala, bAla, Leu, Ile, Val, Nva, bVal, Met, Nle, Gly Phe, Tyr, Trp, or Nal(1) where the nitrogen of the alpha-amino group can be substituted with an R
group where R is a (C1-8)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl(C1-6)alkyl, (C4-11)bicycloalkyl, (C4-11)bicycloalkyl(C1-6)alkyl, (C6-10)aryl, (C6-10)aryl(C1-6)alkyl, (C3-7)heterocycloalkyl, (C3-7)heterocycloalkyl(C1-6)alkyl, (C5-9)heteroaryl, (C5-9)heteroaryl(C1-6)alkyl, fused (C6-10)aryl-(C3-12)cycloalkyl, fused (C6-10)aryl(C3-12)cyclo-alkyl(C1-6)alkyl, fused (C5-9)heteroaryl(C3-8)cyclo-alkyl, or fused (C5-9)heteroaryl(C3-12)cycloalkyl-(C1-6)alkyl or P2 is Pro, Ind, Tic, Pip, Tca, Pro(4-OBzl), Aze, Pro(4-OAc), Pro(4-OH);
P3 is Ala, bAla, Leu, Ile, Val, Nva, bVal, Met, or Nle or an N-methyl derivative, Pro, Ind, Tic or Tca, or Lys substituted on its epsilon amino group with a morpholino-B-group or Orn substituted on its delta amino group with a morpholino-B-group;
P4 is Ala, bAla, Leu, Ile, Val, Nva, bVal, Met, or Nle or a bond;
K is hydrogen, formyl, acetyl, succinyl, benzoyl, t-butyloxycarbonyl, carbobenzyloxy, tosyl, dansyl, isovaleryl, methoxysuccinyl, 1-adamantanesulphonyl, 1-adamantaneacetyl, 2-carboxybenzoyl, phenylacetyl, t-butylacetyl, bis((1-naphthyl)methyl)acetyl, -C(O)N-(CH3)2, -A-RZ wherein A is and Rz is an aryl group containing 6, 10 or 12 carbons suitably substituted by 1 to 3 members selected independently from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, alkyl containing from 1 to 6 carbons, alkoxy containing from 1 to 6 carbons, carboxy, alkylcarbonylamino wherein the alkyl group contains 1 to 6 carbons, 5-tetrazolyl, and acylsulfonamido containing from 1 to 15 carbons, provided that when the acylsulfonamido contains an aryl the aryl may be further substituted by a member selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo and nitro; and such other terminal amino protecting groups which are functionally equivalent thereto.
or wherein Z is N or CH, and B is a group of the formulae and wherein R' is hydrogen or a C1-6alkyl group;
or a hydrate, isostere or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
2. A compound of claim 1 wherein R1 is -CH(CH3)2 or -CH2CH2CH3;
R2 is -H, (C1-8)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl or (C6-10)aryl;
R3 is -F;
R4 is -H, -F, -CF3, -C(O)OR5, -C(O)NR5R6, (C1-8)alkyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, benzyl;
R5 and R6 are each independently -H, (C1-8)alkyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, or benzyl;
P2 is Pro, Pip, Aze or Pro(4-OBzl);
P3 is Ile, Val or Ala;
P4 is Ala or a bond;
K is benzoyl, t-butyloxycarbonyl, carbobenzyloxy, isovaleryl, -C(O)N(CH3)2, or wherein Z is N and B is a group of the formulae and wherein R' is hydrogen or a C1-6alkyl group.
R2 is -H, (C1-8)alkyl, (C3-12)cycloalkyl or (C6-10)aryl;
R3 is -F;
R4 is -H, -F, -CF3, -C(O)OR5, -C(O)NR5R6, (C1-8)alkyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, benzyl;
R5 and R6 are each independently -H, (C1-8)alkyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, or benzyl;
P2 is Pro, Pip, Aze or Pro(4-OBzl);
P3 is Ile, Val or Ala;
P4 is Ala or a bond;
K is benzoyl, t-butyloxycarbonyl, carbobenzyloxy, isovaleryl, -C(O)N(CH3)2, or wherein Z is N and B is a group of the formulae and wherein R' is hydrogen or a C1-6alkyl group.
3. A compound of claim 2 wherein R2 is -H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, phenyl or benzyl;
R4 is -H, -F, -CF3, -C(O)OR5, -C(O)NR5R6, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, benzyl;
and R6 are each independently -H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl or benzyl.
R4 is -H, -F, -CF3, -C(O)OR5, -C(O)NR5R6, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, benzyl;
and R6 are each independently -H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl or benzyl.
4. A compound of claim 2 wherein is t-butyloxycarbonyl, or wherein Z is N and B is a group of the formulae and wherein R' is isopropyl.
5. A compound of claim 4 wherein R2 is -H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, phenyl or benzyl;
R4 is -H, -F, -CF3, -C(O)OR5, -C(O)NR5R6, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, benzyl;
R5 and R6 are each independently -H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl or benzyl.
R4 is -H, -F, -CF3, -C(O)OR5, -C(O)NR5R6, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, benzyl;
R5 and R6 are each independently -H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl or benzyl.
6. A compound of claim 1 wherein R1 is -CH(CH3)2;
R2 is -H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, phenyl or benzyl;
R3 is -F;
R4 is -F or -CF3;
P2 is Pro;
P3 is Ile, Val or Ala;
P4 is Ala or a bond;
K is wherein Z is a and B is a group of the formulae and wherein R' is isopropyl.
R2 is -H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, phenyl or benzyl;
R3 is -F;
R4 is -F or -CF3;
P2 is Pro;
P3 is Ile, Val or Ala;
P4 is Ala or a bond;
K is wherein Z is a and B is a group of the formulae and wherein R' is isopropyl.
7. A compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is (E)-N-(4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide.
8. A compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is (E)-N-[4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-(1-oxopropoxy)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide.
9. A compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is (E)-N-[4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-(3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-2-(2-methyl-1-oxopropoxy)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide.
10. A compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is (Z)-N-[4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-butenyl]-L-prolinamide.
11. A compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is (E)-N-[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-L-alanyl-L-alanyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-propenyl]-L-prolinamide (SEQ. ID NO. 2).
12. A compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is (E)-N-[4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3.3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-propenyl]-L-prolinamide.
13. A compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is (E)-N-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-propenyl]-L-prolinamide.
14. A compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is (E)-N-[4-[(4-chlorophenyl)sulfonylaminocarbonyl]benzoyl]-L-valyl-N-[2-(acetyloxy)-3,3,3-trifluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1-propenyl]-L-prolinamide.
15. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
16. A composition comprising a compound of claim 1 and a carrier.
17. A use of an anti-inflammatory effective amount of a compound of claim 1 for treating a neutrophil associated inflammatory disease in a patient in need thereof.
18. A use of an anti-inflammatory effective amount of a compound of claim 1 for treating emphysema in a patient in need thereof.
19. A use of an anti-inflammatory effective amount of a compound of claim 1 for treating cystic fibrosis in a patient in need thereof.
20. A use of an anti-inflammatory effective amount of a compound of claim 1 for treating chronic bronchitis in a patient in need thereof.
21. A use of an anti-inflammatory effective amount of a compound of claim 1 for treating inflammatory bowel disease in a patient in need thereof.
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US25279894A | 1994-06-02 | 1994-06-02 | |
US08/252,798 | 1994-06-02 | ||
US42085995A | 1995-04-19 | 1995-04-19 | |
US08/420,859 | 1995-04-19 | ||
PCT/US1995/005879 WO1995033478A1 (en) | 1994-06-02 | 1995-05-08 | Acylated enol derivatives as prodrugs of elastase inhibitors |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2191844A1 CA2191844A1 (en) | 1995-12-14 |
CA2191844C true CA2191844C (en) | 2001-07-24 |
Family
ID=26942673
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002191844A Expired - Lifetime CA2191844C (en) | 1994-06-02 | 1995-05-08 | Acylated enol derivatives as prodrugs of elastase inhibitors |
Country Status (20)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US5698523A (en) |
EP (1) | EP0762887B1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP4221059B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR100367389B1 (en) |
CN (1) | CN1149833A (en) |
AT (1) | ATE206055T1 (en) |
AU (1) | AU696292B2 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2191844C (en) |
DE (1) | DE69522940T2 (en) |
DK (1) | DK0762887T3 (en) |
ES (1) | ES2161293T3 (en) |
FI (1) | FI964749A0 (en) |
HU (1) | HU221310B1 (en) |
IL (1) | IL113869A (en) |
MX (1) | MX9606034A (en) |
NO (1) | NO317185B1 (en) |
NZ (1) | NZ287604A (en) |
PT (1) | PT762887E (en) |
TW (1) | TW406087B (en) |
WO (1) | WO1995033478A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
MX9606034A (en) * | 1994-06-02 | 1998-05-31 | Merrell Pharma Inc | Acylated enol derivatives as prodrugs of elastase inhibitors. |
CA2189526C (en) * | 1994-06-02 | 2001-02-27 | William A. Metz, Jr. | Perfluoroalkyl ketone inhibitors of elastase and processes for making the same |
US5948886A (en) * | 1996-11-20 | 1999-09-07 | Hoechst Marion Roussel, Inc. | Acylated enol derivatives of α-ketoesters and α-ketoamides |
US6172044B1 (en) | 1995-12-01 | 2001-01-09 | Aventis Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Acylated enol derivative of α-ketoesters and α-ketoamides |
US8754107B2 (en) * | 2006-11-17 | 2014-06-17 | Abbvie Inc. | Aminopyrrolidines as chemokine receptor antagonists |
Family Cites Families (33)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4308384A (en) * | 1978-09-18 | 1981-12-29 | Glaxo Group Limited | Production of triazinones |
US4277395A (en) * | 1980-06-16 | 1981-07-07 | Richardson-Merrell Inc. | Novel enzyme inhibitors |
US4518528A (en) * | 1983-05-19 | 1985-05-21 | Rasnick David W | α Amino fluoro ketones |
DE3324534A1 (en) * | 1983-07-07 | 1985-01-17 | Ciba-Geigy Ag, Basel | MODIFIED PROTEASE INHIBITORS, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF AND PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS PREPARED THEREOF |
CA1267499A (en) * | 1983-07-12 | 1990-04-03 | Cedric H. Hassall | Peptide amides and aldehydes |
US4629724A (en) * | 1984-12-03 | 1986-12-16 | E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. | Amino acid ester and amide renin inhibitors |
US4643991A (en) * | 1984-12-18 | 1987-02-17 | The University Of Kentucky Research Foundation | Peptide elastase inhibitors and methods |
US5055450A (en) * | 1985-01-22 | 1991-10-08 | Ici Americas Inc. | Peptide derivatives |
GB8600263D0 (en) * | 1985-01-22 | 1986-02-12 | Ici America Inc | Peptide derivatives |
IL77748A (en) * | 1985-02-04 | 1991-11-21 | Merrell Dow Pharma | Amino acid and peptide derivatives as peptidase inhibitors |
US5496927A (en) * | 1985-02-04 | 1996-03-05 | Merrell Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Peptidase inhibitors |
ATE71934T1 (en) * | 1985-06-07 | 1992-02-15 | Ici America Inc | SELECTED DIFLUOROUS COMPOUNDS. |
GB8613703D0 (en) * | 1986-06-05 | 1986-07-09 | Ici America Inc | Difluoro peptide compounds |
US4935405A (en) * | 1986-10-31 | 1990-06-19 | Pfizer Inc. | Nor-statine and nor-cyclostatine polypeptides |
US4855303A (en) * | 1987-07-01 | 1989-08-08 | Pfizer Inc. | Fluorine containing renin inhibitors |
EP0318318A1 (en) * | 1987-11-27 | 1989-05-31 | Sensititre Limited | Urine assay process and kit |
US5162307A (en) * | 1988-09-09 | 1992-11-10 | Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Kentucky | Polymer bound elastase inhibitors |
EP0371179A1 (en) * | 1988-10-28 | 1990-06-06 | Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Novel analogs of peptidase substrates |
EP0369391A3 (en) * | 1988-11-15 | 1991-09-25 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals Inc. | N-substituted amides |
CA2021660A1 (en) * | 1989-07-26 | 1991-01-27 | Philippe Bey | Peptidase inhibitors |
US5221665A (en) * | 1989-10-27 | 1993-06-22 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | N-substituted amides |
IL97428A0 (en) * | 1990-03-05 | 1992-06-21 | Cephalon Inc | Chymotrypsin-like proteases and their inhibitors |
US5204462A (en) * | 1990-03-30 | 1993-04-20 | Japan Tobacco, Inc. | 4h-3,1-benzoxazin-4-one derivative |
EP0564561A4 (en) * | 1990-12-28 | 1994-08-10 | Georgia Tech Res Inst | Peptides ketoamides, ketoacids, and ketoesters |
US5296591A (en) * | 1990-12-31 | 1994-03-22 | Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Trifluoromethylketone derivatives, processes for preparation thereof and use thereof |
AU1581692A (en) * | 1991-03-01 | 1992-10-06 | Protein Engineering Corporation | Inhibitors of human neutrophil elastase and human cathepsin g |
AU655301B2 (en) * | 1991-05-23 | 1994-12-15 | Merrell Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Inhibitors of cathepsin G and elastase for preventing connective tissue degradation |
AU655831B2 (en) * | 1991-08-22 | 1995-01-12 | Merrell Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Novel orally-active elastase inhibitors |
US5478811A (en) * | 1991-08-22 | 1995-12-26 | Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Orally-active elastase inhibitors |
WO1995009838A1 (en) * | 1993-10-01 | 1995-04-13 | Merrell Pharmaceuticals Inc. | INHIBITORS OF β-AMYLOID PROTEIN PRODUCTION |
MX9606034A (en) * | 1994-06-02 | 1998-05-31 | Merrell Pharma Inc | Acylated enol derivatives as prodrugs of elastase inhibitors. |
EP0804465B1 (en) * | 1994-06-02 | 2003-08-06 | Aventis Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Novel elastase inhibitors |
CA2189526C (en) * | 1994-06-02 | 2001-02-27 | William A. Metz, Jr. | Perfluoroalkyl ketone inhibitors of elastase and processes for making the same |
-
1995
- 1995-05-08 MX MX9606034A patent/MX9606034A/en unknown
- 1995-05-08 CA CA002191844A patent/CA2191844C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1995-05-08 JP JP50089396A patent/JP4221059B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1995-05-08 KR KR1019960706820A patent/KR100367389B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1995-05-08 NZ NZ287604A patent/NZ287604A/en unknown
- 1995-05-08 WO PCT/US1995/005879 patent/WO1995033478A1/en active IP Right Grant
- 1995-05-08 DK DK95921240T patent/DK0762887T3/en active
- 1995-05-08 AT AT95921240T patent/ATE206055T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1995-05-08 CN CN95193374A patent/CN1149833A/en active Pending
- 1995-05-08 EP EP95921240A patent/EP0762887B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1995-05-08 ES ES95921240T patent/ES2161293T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1995-05-08 AU AU26366/95A patent/AU696292B2/en not_active Ceased
- 1995-05-08 DE DE69522940T patent/DE69522940T2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1995-05-08 PT PT95921240T patent/PT762887E/en unknown
- 1995-05-08 HU HU9603309A patent/HU221310B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1995-05-26 IL IL11386995A patent/IL113869A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1995-05-26 TW TW084105361A patent/TW406087B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
-
1996
- 1996-06-25 US US08/670,136 patent/US5698523A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1996-11-28 FI FI964749A patent/FI964749A0/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1996-11-29 NO NO19965099A patent/NO317185B1/en unknown
-
1997
- 1997-06-26 US US08/882,764 patent/US5972897A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
NZ287604A (en) | 1998-12-23 |
ES2161293T3 (en) | 2001-12-01 |
IL113869A0 (en) | 1995-08-31 |
NO317185B1 (en) | 2004-09-13 |
AU696292B2 (en) | 1998-09-03 |
KR100367389B1 (en) | 2003-07-18 |
DE69522940T2 (en) | 2002-04-04 |
CA2191844A1 (en) | 1995-12-14 |
CN1149833A (en) | 1997-05-14 |
US5698523A (en) | 1997-12-16 |
TW406087B (en) | 2000-09-21 |
ATE206055T1 (en) | 2001-10-15 |
MX9606034A (en) | 1998-05-31 |
FI964749A (en) | 1996-11-28 |
HU221310B1 (en) | 2002-09-28 |
HUT76131A (en) | 1997-06-30 |
PT762887E (en) | 2002-01-30 |
WO1995033478A1 (en) | 1995-12-14 |
HU9603309D0 (en) | 1997-01-28 |
US5972897A (en) | 1999-10-26 |
AU2636695A (en) | 1996-01-04 |
JPH10501221A (en) | 1998-02-03 |
FI964749A0 (en) | 1996-11-28 |
DK0762887T3 (en) | 2002-01-14 |
DE69522940D1 (en) | 2001-10-31 |
JP4221059B2 (en) | 2009-02-12 |
NO965099D0 (en) | 1996-11-29 |
NO965099L (en) | 1997-01-31 |
EP0762887B1 (en) | 2001-09-26 |
IL113869A (en) | 2000-01-31 |
EP0762887A4 (en) | 1999-03-31 |
EP0762887A1 (en) | 1997-03-19 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2189526C (en) | Perfluoroalkyl ketone inhibitors of elastase and processes for making the same | |
KR100347285B1 (en) | Novel Elastase Inhibitors | |
US5948886A (en) | Acylated enol derivatives of α-ketoesters and α-ketoamides | |
US6693072B2 (en) | Elastase inhibitors | |
US6069232A (en) | Polyfluoroalkyl tryptophan tripeptide thrombin inhibitors | |
CA2191844C (en) | Acylated enol derivatives as prodrugs of elastase inhibitors | |
EP0863915B1 (en) | Acylated enol derivatives of alpha-ketoesters and alpha-ketoamides | |
US6172044B1 (en) | Acylated enol derivative of α-ketoesters and α-ketoamides | |
MXPA96006030A (en) | Novedous elast inhibitors | |
MXPA96006031A (en) | Inhibitors of elastase perfluoroalquilic cetone and processes to manufacture | |
IL125429A (en) | Perfluoroalkyl ketone inhibitors of elastase, processes for making the same and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
MKEX | Expiry |
Effective date: 20150508 |
|
MKEX | Expiry |
Effective date: 20150508 |